I Grades en

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 230

TECHNICAL GUIDE

Milling TE1 - TE15


Solid End Mills TF1 - TF9
Tooling System TG1 - TG11
MPT TH1 - TH3
Grades TI1 - TI35
Parting & Grooving TB1 - TB28
Thread Making TC1 - TC19
Holemaking TD1 - TD53
Turning TA1 - TA55
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Turning
Technical Basic Information TA2
Product Information TA12
Grades Selection TA39
Cast Iron Application TA40
Aluminum Application TA43
Chip Breaker Selection TA45
Insert Selection TA46
Trouble Shooting TA54
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Side cutting edge angle
End cutting edge angle
Entering angle
Overall height
End relief angle
Back rake angle
Side rake angle
Side relief angle
Cutting edge height
ap
la
l
Kr
Shank height
Shank width
L
R
Rmax
f
Nomenclature of holder
Side rake angle
Main effects
- Cutting force
- Direction of chip flow
- Cutting heat
- Tool-life
+1 degree --> 15% resistance decrease
(+) Side rake angle
- Easy machining
- Weak cutting edge
- For sticky materials
(+)Side rake angle
Positive insert
(-)Side rake angle
Positive insert
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TA TA
Side relief angle
End cutting edge angle
Main effects
- Friction decrease
- Between cutting edge and material
Main impacts
- Interrupted prevention between cutting
area and tool
- Steels 5-7
- Non ferrous materials 8-12
- High hardness materials 4-5
Small end cutting edge angle for roughing
Big end cutting edge angle for finishing
(+) Side relief angle
- Decreased flank wear
- Weak cutting edge
- For sticky materials
(-) End cutting edge angle
- Strong cutting edge
- Increased vibration
Technical Basic Information

Big flank wear Small flank wear
Small side relief angle Big side relief angle

Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Entering angle
Three standard rake attitudes
f
t
90 entering angle
t=f t=0.71f
45 entering angle
f
t
4
5

Steel
Cast iron
Alloy steel
Stainless steel
Sticky materials
(AL, Copper)
High temp alloys
E.A: 45(S type) - 117.5 (V type)
Lead angle = 90 - Entering angle
Main impacts
- Low impact load
- Changed feed force and radial force
- Changed thickness of chip
Negative rake
Positive rake
Neutral rake
(+) Entering angle
- Low tool-life
- Low radial force
- For small part machining
- Improved chip breaking
- For finishing applications
Negative angle
Positive angle
0
For small part
vibration prevention
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Selecting insert shape
Eight basic insert shapes
Round
Square
Trigon
100 Coner of
80 diamond
80 Coner of
80 diamond
Triangle
55 Diamond
35 Diamond
Increasing strength
8 cutting edges
Strong cutting edge
High cutting force
Weak cutting edge
Low cutting force
Side cutting edge angle
End cutting edge angle
Entering angle
Overall height
End relief angle
Back rake angle
Side rake angle
Side relief angle
Cutting edge height
ap
la
l
Kr
Shank height
Shank width
L
R
Rmax
f
Selecting insert size
The importance of insert thickness
Maximum depth of cut (ap)
Available cutting length (la)
la = ap/sin Kr
kr : Entering angle
Center line machining
General machining
Relief angle decrease:
Not easy to machine because of workpiece friction
Rake angle increase:
Easy to break because of high cutting force

Classification Finishing Medium Roughing


Nose R
Negative
0.8 0.8 1.2
Positive
0.4 0.8 0.8
Recommended feed 3/4R 2/3R 1/2R
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Selecting nose R
Chip forming principle
For finishing: chip control + surface finish
For medium: surface finish + productivity
For roughing: stability (strength of cutting edge) + productivity
(1) Make curl by chip breaker
(2) Impact against flank of insert
(3) Increased curl radius
(4) Parting on the yield point
(5) Parted chip has a bigger radius
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Land (Cutting edge)
Radial rake angle
Support surface
Rake surface
Corner bridge
Groove
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Nomenclature of chip breaker
Double sided
For finishing to semi medium (General machining)
Economical solution
Helical cutting edge
Easy for cutting
Sharp edge, positive rake
Various chip breaker
Both wear resistance and toughness required
Single sided
For roughing to semi medium applications
Strong cutting edge
High toughness required
Large chip control range
Low cutting force
Good for less heat
Stable cutting edge (good for interrupted cut machining)
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Cutting status according to materials
Cutting parameters
Steels (Hard materials, long chip)
- Chip control
- Easy to make Built-up-edge + Toughness
- Wear resistance
Stainless steels (Gummy materials)
Cast iron (Brittle materials, short chip)
Cutting parameters : Cutting speed, feed, depth of cut
Cutting speed
50% Increased
DOC(mm)
Feed rate(mm/rev)
Cutting speed(m/min)
15%
60%
90%
Tool life decreased
Depth of cut
Feed
Turning formulas
Cutting speed(m/min): V= x D x N/1000 Surface roughness of workpiece(mm): Rmax=f
2
/ 8r
Revolutions per minute(rpm): N=(1000 x V)/( x D) Rate of metal removal(cubic cm/min): Q=V x f x ap
Feed rate(mm/min): F=f x N
Horsepower required at spindle: Ws(kW)=(Q x Kc)/(60 x 102 x n)
Hps(HP)=Ws x 0.75
Horsepower required at motor: Hpm=Hps / E
D=Diameter of workpiece(mm) f=Feed rate(mm/rev) L=Length(mm) r=Corner radius(mm) ap=Depth of cut(mm)
n=Efficiency of machine(typically 0.7-0.85) E=Efficiency of spindle drive(typically 0.45)
Kc=Specific cutting force(N/mm
2
)
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Surface finish
High cutting speed
- Improved surface finish
- Increased productivity
- Low tool life
- Long chip
Low cutting speed (20-40m/min)
- Vibration, low tool-life
- Built-up-edge
Cutting speed (m/min)
- Vc= DN / 1000
D
(mm)
N(rpm)
D: diameter of workpiece (mm)
N: rpm (rev/min)
Side cutting edge angle
End cutting edge angle
Entering angle
Overall height
End relief angle
Back rake angle
Side rake angle
Side relief angle
Cutting edge height
ap
la
l
Kr
Shank height
Shank width
L
R
Rmax
f
Surface finish
Theory of surface finish
- Rmax=f
2
/ 8R * 1000()
- Real surface finish after machining
Steel 1.5-3times, Cast iron 3-5times
To get better surface finish
- Increase cutting speed
- Low cutting force(Big rake angle use)
- Carbide grade(Uncoated grade use)
- Small nose R use to control vibration
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
Selecting cutting conditions
Main factors for surface finish and
productivity
High feed
- Good for chip control
- Increased flank wear, decreased tool life
Low feed
- Burnishing
- Increase tool life
Feed (mm/rev)
- f=L / N
L: cutting length per minute (mm/min)
N: rpm (rev/min)
To control long chip
Increase feed
D
N
f
L
Surface finish
Feed rate
Surface
finish
Effects of feed rate and nose radius
High feed rate Low feed rate Low feed rate with
large nose radius
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TA TA
Technical Basic Information
- This chart shows land angle on cutting edge affects to machining force significant and performance for tool life.
In the other words, when edge preparation (land angle is small) is sharp, it makes better tool life during continuous
machining with small machining force but easy to occur chipping problem.
- Tougher insert edge angle with honing is excellent for interrupted machining than sharp edge even though machining
power is increased.
- Especially double land style is used for heavy interrupted machining and heavy industry component such as roll,
shaft and so on.
- It is required to select optimized edge preparation according to work-piece features and material as well as proper insert
grade in order to give the best performance.
CBN & ceramic insert _ Different performance according to edge preparation
Edge preparation for CBN & ceramic
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0.1x15 0.1x20 0.1x25 0.1x30
M
a
c
h
i
n
i
n
g

p
o
w
e
r
Edge preparation (Width x Angle)
Single land Double land
Cutting condition
Workpiece: Carburized steel
V=120 f=0.2 ap=0.15
Tough land angle
+ Honing
Sharp land angle
+ No-honing
Honing
or
No-honing
R(Honing)
Width
Angle
Ceramic Ceramic CBN
(kN)
R(Honing)
Width of 1st land
Width of 2nd land
Angle of 2nd land
Angle of 1st land
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
13
D
12
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13 12
TA TA
Technical Information for RHINORUSH
Small inserts with superior durability and the same thickness as
ISO inserts
Stronger clamping force because of hook lever system
Stable tool life due to inserts smaller size
Stable tool life in interrupted or high feed machining
Suitable for mass production manufacture
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
13
D
12
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13 12
TA TA
Technical Information for RHINORUSH
RHINORUSH clamping system
Recommended clamping torque
RHINORUSH hook lever lock system helps insert stable clamping on holder due to the
two directional force
One directional force
ISO TURN
Two directional force
Note: Caution is recommended when clamping RHINORUSH inserts on to the holder.
Follow the recommended torque values posted above due to the smaller RHINORUSH components size.
The hook lever system pushes the insert into the holders pocket creating two directional
force that improves insert rigidity during machining compare to ISO straight lever.
Use torque gauge or adjustable torque driver
Lever designation Screw designation Thread size Allen key size Remark
Recommended
clamping torque
LCL 08-NX LCS 3-NX M6 X 1.0 2.5mm External 3.0Nm
LCL 09-NX LCS 3 M6 X 1.0 2.5mm External 3.0Nm
LCL 08B-NX
LCS 3B M5 X 0.8 2.0mm Internal 2.5Nm
LCL 09B-NX
LCL 11-NX
LCS 4
M8 X 1.0 3.0mm
External
4.0Nm
LCS 4S Internal
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
15
D
14
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15 14
TA TA
Technical Information for RHINORUSH
Chip breaker selection according to workpiece material
FG: Low cutting force for finishing
FM: For semi-finishing to semi-medium
FT: Excellent chip breaking on variable depth of cut
PC: For semi finishing to medium
MT: Tough rake angle for general use
FG
EA
CNMA MG-
EM MM
FM FT PC MT
EA: Excellent chip control at low feeds rate on exotic materials
EM: Sharp land design for low cutting force
MM: For general roughing machining
CNMA: For cast iron without chip breaker
MG-: Strong rake angle for medium roughing
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
15
D
14
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15 14
TA TA
Technical Information for RHINORUSH
Chip breaker selection according to workpiece shape
FG
EA
CNMA
MG-
EM
MM
FM
FT
PC
MT
Designation Shape Seat for H-holder Seat for ISO LEVER holder
CNMX 16 LSC 54-NX
LSC 53-NX
LSC 53-NXS
SNMX 15
LSS 54-NX
LSS 53-NX
LSS 53-NXS
* LSC 53-NX: Same size with IC of insert
LSC 53-NXS: Smaller size than IC of insert
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
17
D
16
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17 16
TA TA
Technical Information for TURNRUSH
Double-sided semi-heavy turning insert
HB chip breaker
Replacement seats for ISO lever turning holder
Stable contact surface with seat
Exclusive seat
Low cutting force
An optimized chip breaker suitable for semi
heavy machining
Unique contact surface with large convex
3 dimensional geometry
Exchangeable with the ISO standard holder
TaeguTec offers several replacement seats that are exchangeable with
the ISO lever turning holder. However, it is recommended the HB insert be used
with its exclusive holder to maximize tool life
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
17
D
16
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17 16
TA TA
Technical Information for TURNRUSH
Clamping structure and features
Quick change and rigid clamping force
(Increased clamping force due to hooked lever design)
Chip breaking range
Conventional lever type
Poor clamping strength due to one
directional force
Function for double clamping
(Downward clamping force increased)
Hook lever type
Chip control range
d
e
p
t
h

o
f

c
u
t
(
m
m
)
Feed rate(mm/rev)
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8
10
8
6
4
2
1
HB
Insert: CNMX 160712 HB
Cutting speed: 150 m/min
Material: 0.45% Carbon steel
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TA TA D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TA TA
65 mm
630 mm
Machining part
Chucking part
Technical Information for TURNRUSH
Surface roughness & cutting force test results
Cutting condition: V=150(m/min), D.O.C(mm) X f(mm/rev)=8x0.5 5x0.5 5x1.0
Material: 0.45% Carbon steel
Workpiece length: 630mm, Cutting length: 100mm
Tested insert: Competitor double sided - CNMG 160612
Competitor single seded - CNMM 160612
TaeguTec - CNMX 160712 HB
Surface roughness (Ra: m)
Cutting force (Load meter)
0
2
4
6
8
10
8x0.5 5x0.5
5.25
83.4
80.3
79.2
61.2
5.15
4.65
4.9
4.6
9
9.65
8.8
5x1.0
S
u
r
f
a
c
e

r
o
u
g
h
n
e
s
s
(

)
D.O.C(mm) x f(mm/rev)
D.O.C(mm) x f(mm/rev)
Competitor (CNMG)
Competitor (CNMM)
TaeguTec HB chip breaker (CNMX HB)
0
20
40
60
80
100
8x0.5 5x0.5 5x1.0
C
u
t
t
i
n
g

f
o
r
c
e
(
N
)
Competitor (CNMG)
Competitor (CNMM)
TaeguTec HB chip breaker (CNMX HB)
58.4 58.4
96
90
87.6
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPDUTY
D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TA TA D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
Reinforced ISO turning lever holder for large size inserts
Features
IC (Inscribed Circle) and thickness of the shim size are reinforced
Shim damage and vibration is minimized during heavy machining thanks to a widened
contact area that improves rigidity
Customers can maintain low stock levels of the C(S)N... 2507 inserts credit to the
indexable shim mechanism
New holder Conventional holder
Modification details for the shim and the holder
Insert
Conventional shim New shim
Designation I.C Thickness Designation I.C Thickness
CN... 1906 LSC 63 17.9 4.76 LSC 64D 19.05 6.35
CN... 2507 LSC 85 24.4 7.94 LSC 85D 25.4 7.94
CN... 2509 LSC 83 24.4 4.76 LSC 84D 25.4 6.35
SN... 1906 LSS 63 17.9 4.76 LSS 64D 19.05 6.35
SN... 2507 LSS 84 24.4 6.35 LSS 85D 25.4 7.94
SN... 2509 LSS 84 24.4 6.35 LSS 84D 25.4 6.35
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPDUTY
D
21
D
20
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
21 20
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
Double sided H series chip breaker
Features
Utilizes both sides to improve economy & cost reduction
Offers a variety of sizes and chip breakers to meet customers specific heavy rough
machining requirements
Economy is further improved by using one tool holder for rough to finish machining
CNMD
HT
HT
HD
HD
HY
HY
HZ
HZ
+
+
SNMD
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPDUTY
D
21
D
20
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
21 20
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
The top face of the double sided insert can be used, as it is with the single-sided insert
The bottom face can then be used when finish machining is required
Commence operation on finish machining first with the bottom face of insert
Operate rough machining with the top face when required, after four corners of the
bottom face are worn-out
Guideline for finish machining
storage
Top face
Top face
Rough machining
Single-sided ...NMM
Conventional style
Double-sided ...NMD
Top face
Rough machining
Bottom face
Finish machining
Bottom face
Not available
Bottom face
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPDUTY
D
23
D
22
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
23 22
TA TA
feed rate (mm/rev)
d
e
p
t
h

o
f

c
u
t

(
m
m
)

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
20
18
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
HT
HY
HZ
HD
The top face finish machining
conditions
Details
Depth of cut
(mm)
Feed rate
(mm/rev)
Cutting
condition
3.0 (2.0~5.0) 0.6 (0.4~0.8)
Insert: CNMD 250924 HD
Cutting speed: 100 m/min
Material: 0.45% Carbon steel
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
Chip breaking range
Chip breaking features
Chip
breaker
Appearance Features
Priority of performance
Chip-control
Cutting edge
toughness
Cutting force
HT
Low cutting force for low horse power
machines
Excellent chip control due to changeable
land and a flexible chip breaker

HD
For all kinds of shafts, connecting-rods
and ship building components
Flexible chip breaker offers excellent chip
evacuation

HY
For large depth of cut and high feed
Strong cutting edge credit to a wide land
and large land angle

HZ
For large depth of cut and high feed
Extremely strong cutting edge credit to a
wide land and large land angle
Suitable for high cutting conditions

Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPDUTY
D
23
D
22
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
23 22
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
Double sided insert with 32mm cutting edge
Features
The top face has a negative chip breaker type that is suitable for heavy machining
The bottom face is designed to minimize the cutting load and break chips effectively
when machining depths of cut less than 5mm
Strong clamping force due to hooked lever system
The bottom face (finish machining) conditions
Details Feed rate (mm/rev) Depth of cut (mm)
Cutting condition 0.6 (0.4 - 0.8) 3.0 (2.0 - 5.0)
The top face (rough machining) conditions
Designation Feed rate (mm/rev) Depth of cut (mm)
SNMD 310924 HD 1.0 (0.60 - 1.5) 15.0 (7.0 - 25.0)
SNMD 310924 HT 1.0 (0.50 - 1.4) 15.0 (6.0 - 22.0)
Chip breaking range (The top face rough machining range)
feed rate (mm/rev)
d
e
p
t
h

o
f

c
u
t

(
m
m
)

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
30
25
20
15
10
15
10
5
HT
HD
Insert: SNMD 310924
Cutting speed: 100 m/min
Material: 0.45% Carbon steel
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPDUTY
D
25
D
24
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
25 24
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
Application
Machining part Insert
Cutting condition
RPM F (mm/rev) D (mm)
Rough
Before SNMM 250724 15 0.8 13
After SNMD 310924 (Top) 20 1.2 20
Finish
Before SNMG 250724 17 0.8 3
After SNMD 310924 (Botton) 17 0.8 3
Before
Twin Head (Brazed)
Rough : SNMM 250724 X 2 insert
Finish : SNMG 250724
After
Single hooked tool
Rough : SNMD 310924 HT (Top)
Finish : SNMD 310924 HT (Bottom)
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPDUTY
D
25
D
24
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
25 24
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
40mm helix cutting edge
HX chip breaker
Features
High helix cutting edge
- Double lever clamping for maximum clamping stability
- Unique geometry gives low cutting force
- Enhanced productivity with 40mm cutting edge
- Suitable for low-powered machines
- Facing and external turning possible & available in R & L types
Versatile usage
- 80 degree corner angle allows it to be used for the same purpose as CNMG/CNMM
- 95 degree entrance angle permits facing and external machining
Helix
95
Application
Cutting conditions: V=45(m/mim), f = 0.5(mm/rev)
Test insert: LNMM 401224 R-HX
Material: Ductile cast iron
Current ISO insert: CNMM 25: 2 passes
New TOPDUTY Insert: LNMM 401224 R-HX: 1 pass
The cutting forces of the HX insert are 15% lower than ISO inserts
Cycle times are reduced by 50% (2 passes 1 pass)
Continuous cut Ap = 20mm
Interrupted cut Ap = 10-15mm
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
27
D
26
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27 26
TA TA
TOPDUTY
D
27
D
26
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27 26
TA TA
HD, HY chip breaker
Technical Information for TOPDUTY
50mm cutting edge
LNMX 501432 HY LNMX 501432 HD
Two blind holes and lever clamping system provide simple but strong clamping forces
without lowering the rigidity of the insert
Competitor TaeguTec
Features
50mm cutting edge enables cutting up to 45mm depth of cut
Rectilinear shaped cutting edge ideal for heavy roughing on high powered machines
The HD insert is suitable for continuous machining and the HY insert is for interrupted
operations
TRWR/L 50-55 TG
TRWR/L 175-CA-19
TRWR/L 175-CA-30
Cartridge
Cartridge
Cartridge
Holder
TRWR/L 177-CA-19
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPRAIL
D
27
D
26
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27 26
TA TA D
27
D
26
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27 26
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPRAIL
For rail wheel profiling
Features
Tangential inserts are suitable for radius and rough machining of wheel profiles
Economical and productive inserts are specified for individual cutting conditions
Post assembly under floor lathe machining is possible via cartridge holders designed
for easy assembly/disassembly
SSR-TX LNMX 19-TWM LNMX 30-TWR
For roughing
LNMX 30-TWM
For medium
LNMX 19-TWF
For finishing
Under flow type
Portal type
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPFEED
D
29
D
28
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
29 28
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPFEED
New HF chip breaker doubles your feed rate
Features
Economical - Improved productivity with double-sided configuration
- Employs double-sided structure with 6 cutting edges
- Double-sided structure offers economical advantages when compared to competitors inserts
- Remarkable feed rates achieve significant productivity improvements
Optimized chip breaker geometry
- Structure designed for high feed machining
- Reduced cutting forces due to positive cutting edge
- Prolonged tool life due to innovative cutting edge geometry
- Clamping stability due to 3 dimensional shim design that differentiates from the competition
Insert design has been configured for ultra high feed machining conditions
- Maximum feed rate =3.0mm/rev , Maximum machining depth = 2.5mm
Feed rate = ISO Insert X 2.5 times
= same roughness
f=0.6mm/rev f=1.5mm/rev
Stable contact surface with seat due to uniquely designed larger convex
- Unique clamping solution developed by TaeguTec
- Unique clamping structure free from chip interruption
- Maximum clamping stability due to a hooked lever
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPFEED
D
29
D
28
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
29 28
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPFEED
Chip breaking range: External turning
feed rate(mm/rev)
d
e
p
t
h

o
f

c
u
t
(
m
m
)

0.5 1.0 2.0 2.5 3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.7
0.5
HF
Insert: BNMX 150720 R-HF
Cutting speed: 150 m/min
Material: 0.45% Carbon steel
Feed: 0.5 - 3.0 mm/rev
Ap: 0.5 - 2.5 mm
External turning
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPFEED
D
31
D
30
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
31 30
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPFEED
Test result
Surface finish
- Cutting condition: Vc=150m/min,
- D(mm) X F(mm/rev) =1.5x1.5, 1.5x2.0, 1.5x2.5, 1.5x3.0
- Material: 0.45% carbon steel
Surface finish (Ra: m)
D (mm) x F (mm/rev) 1.5 x 1.5 1.5 x 2.0 1.5 x 2.5 1.5 x 3.0
TaeguTec 22 27 33 41
Competitor 1 25 33 44 Breakage
Competitor 2 29 41 55 Breakage
Under the same machining condition, TOPFEED achieved the best surface finish
TaeguTec
Competitor 1
Competitor 2
60
40
20
0
1.5x1.5 1.5x2.0 1.5x2.5 1.5x3.0
150 mm
350 mm
Chucking part
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
TOPFEED
D
31
D
30
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
31 30
TA TA
Technical Information for TOPFEED
Vibration comparison test result
Chip breaking comparison test result
TaeguTec Competitor 1 Competitor 2
Vibration
D (mm) x
F (mm/rev)
TaeguTec Competitor 1 Competitor 2
1.5 x 1.5
1.5 x 2.0
1.5 x 2.5
1.5 x 3.0 Breakage Breakage
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
33
D
32
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
33 32
TA TA
TOPMINI
D
33
D
32
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
33 32
TA TA
SA chip breaker
Back clamping holder
Boring bars and inserts for small component machining
Technical Information for Miniature Part
Ground positive ISO inserts for high precision
turning
- High precision is guaranteed with the peripherally ground
geometry
- Low cutting forces due to the dynamically inclined sharp
cutting edge with a wide groove geometry
Quick change holders for swiss type inserts
- Quick insert changeover with simple lever clamp design
- Both front and side clamping is available
New range of inserts and boring bars suitable for the turning of small workpieces
TOPMINI insert
- Produced in two insert types - ground & pressed-to-size
- Micro size insert (IC=3.97, 4.76mm)
TOPMINI boring bar
- Bore machining as small as 6mm diameter possible
- Special design near the joints ensures improved durability
Right front side
clamping
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
33
D
32
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
33 32
TA TA D
33
D
32
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
33 32
TA TA
Technical Information for FX Chip Breaker
Features
Case story 1
Competitor TaeguTec
Workpiece Ball stud
Material 0.20% Carbon steel
Cutting speed (V) 235 m/min
Feed rate (f) 0.22 mm/rev
Depth of cut (ap) 0.8 ~ 1.2 mm
Operation External turning
Tool-life VNMG 160408 P15 Grade 200pcs/edge VNMG 160408 FX TT8115 260pcs/edge
Chip shape
Narrow chip breaker design for optimal chip control
Helix & high positive cutting edge to reduce cutting
force
Wave cutting edge design suitable for chip control in
pulley machining application
Excellent tool life for roughing and interrupted cutting
conditions
Case story 2
Competitor TaeguTec
Workpiece Pulley
Material 0.20% Carbon steel
Cutting speed (V) 420 m/min
Feed rate (f) 0.25 ~ 0.3 mm/rev
Depth of cut (ap) 1.5 mm
Operation External turning
Tool-life VNMG 160408 P15 Grade 50pcs/edge VNMG 160408 FX TT8115 70pcs/edge
Chip shape
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
HIGH PRESSURE
T-BURST
D
35
D
34
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
35 34
TA TA
Technical Information for T-BURST
Features
Nice performance on difficult-to-cut materials such as titanium, inconel
and other heat resistant alloys
Component designation
Effective cooling down of the cutting edge
Excellent chip control
Increased tool life when machining titanium, heat resistant and alloy steel
Can be used with RHINORUSH holder
Frontal coolant channel
on/off screw
Hole blocking
screw
Housing mounting
screw
Housing
plug screw
Nozzle tube
Unit nozzle
housing
O-ring
Frontal
coolant hole
4(CCW)
4(CW)
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
HIGH PRESSURE
T-BURST
D
35
D
34
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
35 34
TA TA
Technical Information for T-BURST
The housing unit can be rotated total 8(4: CW+4: CCW) for adjustment
Insert indexing
1 & 2. Push the telescopic tube backward
3. Using the screwdriver,
turn counterclockwise
to loosen the lever screw
4. Take out the insert
1
3
2
4
Central coolant direction
8rotation adjustment
4
4
U
N
H
-
T
B
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
37
D
36
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
37 36
TA TA
HIGH PRESSURE
T-BURST
D
37
D
36
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
37 36
TA TA
Technical Information for T-BURST
Case study 1
Case study 2
Case study 3
Material : Inconel 718
Cutting speed(V) : 60 m/min
Feed rate(f) : 0.2 mm/rev
Depth of cut(ap) : 2.0 mm
Operation : Ext, Wet
TaeguTec : CNMG 120408 MP TT5080
Test coolant bar 69 bar
Material : Ti-6Al-4V
Cutting speed(V) : 100 m/min
Feed rate(f) : 0.15 mm/rev
Depth of cut(ap) : 1.0 mm
Operation : Ext, Wet
TaeguTec : CNMG 120408 MP TT5080
Test coolant bar 69 bar
Material : SUS304
Cutting speed(V) : 150 m/min
Feed rate(f) : 0.35 mm/rev
Depth of cut(ap) : 3.0 mm
Operation : Ext, Wet
TaeguTec : CNMG 120408 MP TT5080
Test coolant bar 69 bar
Classic T-BURST
0
5
10
(min.)
T
o
o
l life
in
c
re
a
s
e
d
b
y

1
6
4
%
0
5
10
(min.)
Classic T-BURST
T
o
o
l life
in
c
re
a
s
e
d
b
y

1
2
6
%
Classic T-BURST
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
(min.)
T
o
o
l life
in
c
re
a
s
e
d
b
y

2
1
2
%
Classic T-BURST
Classic T-BURST
Classic T-BURST
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
COMBICLAMP
D
37
D
36
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
37 36
TA TA D
37
D
36
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
37 36
TA TA
Features
Compatibility: Applicable to the existing T-Holders when clamp is changed
Versatility: 3 different insert types for one T-Holder
Durability: The new carbide clamp shows better wear resistance compared to existing
cast iron machining applications
Stability: Due to the gap adjusting structure in the inserts contact area, it proves much
stronger with a stable joint force
Efficient inventory control: Less inventory required
DCL S-4H DLM 4
Conventional Multi functional clamp system
DCL S-4D DCL S-4F
Existing T-Holder is available only if changing each clamp type
3 types of Insert can be mounted in the same tool holder
Holder: ex) TCLNR 2525 M12
Technical Information for COMBICLAMP
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
39
D
38
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
39 38
TA TA
COMBICLAMP
D
39
D
38
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
39 38
TA TA
New clamp for multifunction DCL type
The existing T-holder is only available if changing each type of clamp
CN...A 1204
Insert with hole type
CN...N 1204
Insert with flat type
CN...X 1207
Insert with TaeguTec dimple type
DCL S-4H DCL S-4F DCL S-4D
New clamp for multifunction
DCL S-4H DCL S-4F DCL S-4D
Clamp Designation
Components
Insert Shim
Clamp CTC Plate PIN
DCL S-4H DCL 4H DCL 4-PL PIN 0683
CN...A 1204 TSC 44
DN...A 1504 TSD 44
DN...A 1506 TSD 43
SN...A 1204 TSS 44
DCL S-4D DCL 4D DCL 4-PL PIN 0683
CN...X 1207 CH TSC 42
DN...X 1507 CH TSD 42
SN...X 1207 CHX TSS 42
DCL S-4F DCL 4F DCL 4-PL PIN 0683
CN...N 1204 TSC 44
CN...N 1207 TSC 42
DN...N 1504 TSD 44
DN...N 1507 TSD 42
SN...N 1204 TSS 44
SN...N 1207 TSS 42
Insert & clamp combination
Technical Information for COMBICLAMP
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
39
D
38
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
39 38
TA TA D
39
D
38
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
39 38
TA TA
Grades Selection
Easy to select insert color in CVD insert by workpiece material
Black
Gold Magenta
CVD coated
TT7005,TT7015
Cast iron
TT9215,TT9225,
TT9235
Stainless
steel
Super
alloy
TT8115,TT8125,TT8135
TT5100,TT7100
Steel
Satisfaction guaranteed with
TaeguTecs T-CAST turning grades
for cast iron machining
The best solution for
cast iron machining
TB650, KB90A, TB730(KB90)
CBN
AW120, AB30, AS500, SC10, AS10
Ceramic
TT7005, TT7015(TT7310)
CVD
carbide coated
CT3000, PV3010
Cermet and
PVD Coated
High productivity
Ultra high cutting speed and
high surface finish, longer tool life
Improved surface finish
General machining
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
41
D
40
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
41 40
TA TA
Machining of Cast Iron Turning Application

Gray cast iron (HB180 - 220)


Ductile cast iron (HB200 - 240)

Gray cast iron (HB180 - 220)

Ductile cast iron (HB200 - 240)


Workpiece condition
Grades
TB670 KB90A TB730 AW120 AB30 AS500 SC10 AS10 PV3010 CT3000 TT7005 TT7015
Scale and severe
interruption

Scale and light
interruption

No scale, continuous
cut

Materials
Grades
TB670 KB90A TB730 AW120 AB30 AS500 SC10 AS10 PV3010 CT3000 TT7005 TT7015
Cutting speed (m/min), Feed rate (mm/rev)
Gray cast iron
(HB180 - 220)
800-1200
0.1-0.5
800-200
0.1-0.3
400-1000
0.07-0.2
300-800
0.1-0.25
400-1000
0.2-0.6
300-1000
0.2-0.6
300-800
0.2-0.6
100-350
0.1-0.25
100-300
0.1-0.25
150-450
0.1-0.7
100-300
0.1-0.7
Ductile cast iron
(HB200 - 240)
200-500
0.05-0.2
250-500
0.05-0.2
200-600
0.1-0.5
250-600
0.2-0.6
250-500
0.2-0.6
100-300
0.1-0.25
100-250
0.1-0.25
120-350
0.1-0.5
100-250
0.1-0.5
Workpiece condition Depth of cut
Chip breaker/Grade
Recommended cutting conditions (V,f)
Roughing
(Scale & severe
interruption)
4.0 - 6.0
KT/TT7005
300, 0.4
KT/TT7015
240, 0.4
6.0 -
KT/TT7005
270, 0.4
KT/TT7015
220, 0.4
Medium
(Scale & light inter-
ruption)
1.0 - 2.5
- NMN/KB90A
760, 0.3
- NMN/KB90A
760, 0.3
- NGA/AS500
540, 0.35
MT/TT7005
360, 0.35
RT/TT7005
320, 0.4
2.5 - 4.0
- NMN/KB90A
720, 0.35
- NGA/AS10
540, 0.35
RT/TT7005
300, 0.4
Finishing
(No scale &
continuous cutting)
- 1.0
- NMN/KB90A
800, 0.2
- NGA/AW120
800, 0.2
NGA/AB30
700, 0.2
NGA/AS500
600, 0.25
MT/TT7005
400, 0.25
Workpiece condition Depth of cut
Chip breaker/Grade
Recommended cutting conditions (V,f)
Roughing
(Scale & severe
interruption)
4.0 - 6.0
KT/TT7015
225, 0.4
6.0 -
KT/TT7015
210, 0.4
Medium
(Scale & light inter-
ruption)
1.0 - 2.5
- NMA/TB670
500, 0.2
- NGA/AB30
470, 0.2
MT/TT7005
305, 0.3
RT/TT7005
270, 0.35
2.5 - 4.0
- NGA/AS10
440, 0.3
MT/TT7015
260, 0.35
RT/TT7015
235, 0.35
Finishing
(No scale & continu-
ous cutting)
- 1.0
- NMA/TB670
550, 0.2
- NGA/AB30
520, 0.2
MT/TT7005
320, 0.2
MT/PV3010
320, 0.2
MT/CT3000
290, 0.2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
41
D
40
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
41 40
TA TA
Machining of Cast Iron Turning Application
Grade selection by workpiece material
Recommended cutting parameters
Chip breaker and grade selection by workpiece material
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
D
43
D
42
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
43 42
TA TA D
43
D
42
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
43 42
TA TA
BLACKRUSH grades for cast iron machining
KT Chip breaker
Machining of Cast Iron Turning Application
For machining of cast iron in roughing
For high cutting speed in continuous cut on cast irons
For general machining in continuous cut and interrupted cut on cast iron
Features
Roughing applications on cast iron
Stable broad supporting area
Reliable & uniform performance
Excellent tool life for roughing and interrupted cutting conditions
TT7005
TT7015
TT7015
(TT7310)
TT7005
C
u
t
t
i
n
g

s
p
e
e
d
(
m
/
m
i
n
)
Feed(mm/rev)
Application range
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
43
D
42
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
43 42
TA TA D
43
D
42
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
43 42
TA TA
FL chip breaker for aluminum alloy machining
Carbide(Uncoated) grade K10
Machining of Aluminum Alloy Turning Application
Wide range of applications for aluminum and other non-ferrous materials
Very high positive rake geometry to minimize cutting forces and built-up edges
Features
Machining conditions with K10 grade
Materials Hardness brinell (HB) Kc (N/mm
2
) Vc (m/min) f (mm/rev)
Aluminum alloys
(Forged)
Unhardened 50 - 70 500 - 600 2500 - 1000 0.1 - 0.6
Hardened 90 - 110 700 - 900 1000 - 300 0.1 - 0.5
Aluminum alloys
(Cast)
Unhardened 70 - 80 700 - 800 1000 - 300 0.1 - 0.5
Hardened 80 - 100 800 - 950 600 - 200 0.1 - 0.4
Copper alloys 90 - 110 700 600 - 250 0.1 - 0.5
Bronze 100 1700 300 - 150 0.1 - 0.6
RCGT
VCGT
CCGT
RCGT
RCGT
DCGT
SCGT
TCGT
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
45
D
44
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
45 44
TA TA
ML chip breaker for aluminum alloy machining ground insert
CB PCD chip breaker insert
New geometricized PCD insert
Carbide(Uncoated) grade K10
Machining of Aluminum Alloy Turning Application
Double sided negative ground insert
Sharp positive cutting edge provides low cutting forces
Improved surface quality and extended tool life in aluminum machining applications
Sharp cutting edge minimizes built-up-edge
Serrated cutting edge ensures maximum chip control and low cutting resistance that
performs remarkably well even in low depth of cut and low feed
Unique cutting edge geometry guarantees excellent chipping resistance
Features
Features
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
45
D
44
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
45 44
TA TA
Insert Geometry by Workpiece Shape
Strong geometry required
Severe interrupted cutting
ML MP MT PC
PC
MC MT MG- PC
MT MP MC
MT RT MC MG-

Workpiece shapes

Cutting edge strength

Chip breaker recommendation
in medium to rough machining
Sharp Strong
ML MP PC MT MC MG- RT
Workpiece material
0.15% Carbon steel
(HB 150)
0.45% Carbon steel
(HB180 - 200)
0.55% Carbon steel
(HB200 - 220)
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FC 475 0.12 PV3010 FG 355 0.15 PV3010 FG 330 0.15
2 CT3000 FC 430 0.12 TT8115 FG 340 0.15 TT8115 FG 315 0.15
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 TT5100 ML 330 0.20 TT8115 MP 330 0.30 TT8115 MP 305 0.30
2 TT8125 ML 420 0.20 TT8125 MP 300 0.30 TT8125 MP 280 0.30
Normal
1 TT5100 MP 315 0.24 TT8115 PC 310 0.30 TT8115 PC 290 0.30
2 TT8125 MP 400 0.24 TT8125 PC 280 0.30 TT8125 PC 260 0.30
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 235 0.24 TT8135 RT 190 0.32 TT8135 RT 180 0.32
2
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 TT5100 PC 300 0.28 TT8115 PC 310 0.35 TT8115 MP 290 0.35
2 TT8125 PC 385 0.28 TT8125 PC 280 0.35 TT8125 PC 260 0.35
Normal
1 TT5100 MT 285 0.28 TT8125 PC 280 0.35 TT8125 MT 260 0.35
2 TT8125 MT 370 0.28 TT8125 MT 265 0.40 TT8125 MG- 245 0.40
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 215 0.24 TT8135 RT 180 0.36 TT8135 RT 180 0.36
2
R
4.0 - 7.0
Normal
1 TT5100 RT 230 0.45 TT8125 RT 260 0.56 TT8125 RT 240 0.56
2 TT8125 RT 320 0.45 TT8115 RT 290 0.56 TT8135 RT 270 0.56
Poor
1 TT8020 RT 180 0.36 TT8135 RT 180 0.45 TT8135 RT 160 0.45
2
7.0 -
Normal
1 TT5100 RH 210 0.57 TT8125 RH 245 0.71 TT8125 RH 225 0.71
2
Poor
1 TT8020 RH 165 0.46 TT8135 RH 165 0.57 TT8135 RH 150 0.57
2
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FG 475 0.12 PV3010 FG 355 0.15 PV3010 FG 330 0.15
2 CT3000 FG 420 0.12 CT3000 FG 315 0.15 CT3000 FG 295 0.15
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 TT5100 MT 285 0.17 TT8115 MT 310 0.20 TT8115 MT 285 0.20
2 TT8125 MT 370 0.17 TT8125 MT 280 0.20 TT8125 MT 255 0.20
Normal
1 TT5100 MT 275 0.17 TT8125 MT 280 0.20 TT8125 MT 255 0.20
2 TT8125 MT 350 0.17 TT5100 MT 215 0.20 TT5100 MT 195 0.20
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 220 0.17 TT8135 MT 190 0.20 TT8135 MT 180 0.20
2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
47
D
46
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
47 46
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Workpiece material
Low carbon (0.13 - 0.18%)
Alloy steel (HB150 - 180)
Cr-Mo alloy steel
(HB200 - 220)
Ni-Cr-Mo alloy steel
(HB200 - 220)
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FC 420 0.12 PV3010 FG 330 0.15 PV3010 FG 320 0.15
2 CT3000 FC 380 0.12 TT8115 FG 315 0.15 TT8115 FG 305 0.15
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 TT5100 ML 295 0.20 TT8115 MP 305 0.30 TT8115 MP 295 0.30
2 TT8125 ML 375 0.20 TT8125 MP 280 0.30 TT8125 MP 270 0.30
Normal
1 TT5100 PC 285 0.24 TT8115 PC 290 0.30 TT8115 PC 280 0.30
2 TT8125 PC 365 0.24 TT8125 MC 260 0.30 TT8125 PC 250 0.30
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 205 0.24 TT8135 RT 180 0.32 TT8135 RT 170 0.32
2
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 TT5100 PC 265 0.28 TT8115 PC 290 0.35 TT8115 PC 280 0.35
2 TT8125 PC 340 0.28 TT8125 PC 260 0.35 TT8125 PC 250 0.35
Normal
1 TT5100 MT 255 0.28 TT8125 MT 260 0.35 TT8125 MT 250 0.35
2 TT8125 MT 315 0.28 TT8125 MG- 245 0.40 TT8125 MG- 240 0.40
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 190 0.24 TT8135 RT 180 0.36 TT8135 RT 170 0.36
2
R
4.0 - 7.0
Normal
1 TT5100 RT 205 0.45 TT8125 RT 240 0.56 TT8125 RT 235 0.56
2 TT8125 RT 250 0.45 TT8115 RT 270 0.56 TT8115 RT 260 0.56
Poor
1 TT8020 RT 160 0.36 TT8135 RT 160 0.45 TT8135 RT 160 0.45
2
7.0 -
Normal
1 TT5100 RH 185 0.57 TT8125 RH 225 0.71 TT8125 RH 220 0.71
2 RT 225 0.64 TT8125 RT 220 0.64
Poor
1 TT8020 RH 150 0.46 TT7100 RH 140 0.57 TT8135 RH 150 0.57
2
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FG 420 0.12 PV3010 FG 330 0.15 PV3010 FG 320 0.15
2 CT3000 FG 380 0.12 CT3000 FG 295 0.15 CT3000 FG 285 0.15
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 TT5100 MT 265 0.17 TT8115 MT 285 0.20 TT8115 MT 275 0.20
2 TT8125 MT 345 0.17 TT8125 MT 255 0.20 TT8125 MT 250 0.20
Normal
1 TT5100 MT 255 0.17 TT8125 MT 255 0.20 TT8125 MT 250 0.20
2 TT8125 MT 330 0.17 TT5100 MT 195 0.20 TT5100 MT 190 0.20
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 205 0.17 TT8135 MT 180 0.20 TT8135 MT 170 0.20
2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
47
D
46
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
47 46
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Workpiece material
Bearing steel
(HB200 - 220)
Carbon tool steel
(HB200 - 220)
Alloy tool steel
(HB200 - 220)
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FG 330 0.15 PV3010 FG 330 0.15 PV3010 FG 320 0.15
2 TT8115 FG 315 0.15 TT8115 FG 315 0.15 TT8115 FG 305 0.15
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 TT8115 MP 305 0.30 TT8115 MP 305 0.30 TT8115 MP 295 0.30
2 TT8125 MP 280 0.30 TT8125 MP 280 0.30 TT8125 MP 250 0.30
Normal
1 TT8115 PC 290 0.30 TT8115 PC 290 0.30 TT8115 PC 280 0.30
2 TT8125 PC 260 0.30 TT8125 PC 260 0.30 TT8125 PC 250 0.30
Poor
1 TT8135 RT 180 0.32 TT8135 RT 180 0.32 TT8135 RT 170 0.32
2
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 TT8115 PC 290 0.35 TT8115 MT 290 0.35 TT8115 PC 280 0.35
2 TT8125 PC 260 0.35 TT8125 MT 260 0.35 TT8125 PC 250 0.35
Normal
1 TT8125 MT 260 0.35 TT8125 MT 260 0.35 TT8125 MT 250 0.35
2 TT8125 MG- 245 0.40 TT8125 MG- 245 0.40 TT8125 MG- 240 0.40
Poor
1 TT8135 RT 180 0.36 TT8135 RT 180 0.36 TT8135 RT 170 0.36
2
R
4.0 - 7.0
Normal
1 TT8125 RT 240 0.56 TT8125 RT 240 0.56 TT8125 RT 235 0.56
2 TT8115 RT 270 0.56 TT8115 RT 270 0.56 TT8115 RT 260 0.56
Poor
1 TT8135 RT 160 0.45 TT8135 RT 160 0.45 TT8135 RT 140 0.45
2
7.0 -
Normal
1 TT8125 RH 225 0.71 TT8125 RH 225 0.71 TT8115 RH 220 0.71
2
Poor
1 TT8135 RH 150 0.57 TT8135 RH 150 0.57 TT8135 RH 140 0.57
2
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FG 330 0.15 PV3010 FG 330 0.15 PV3010 FG 320 0.15
2 CT3000 FG 295 0.15 CT3000 FG 295 0.15 CT3000 FG 285 0.15
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 TT8115 MT 285 0.20 TT8115 MT 285 0.20 TT8115 MT 275 0.20
2 TT8125 MT 255 0.20 TT8125 MT 255 0.20 TT8125 MT 250 0.20
Normal
1 TT8125 MT 255 0.20 TT8125 MT 255 0.20 TT8125 MT 250 0.20
2 TT5100 MT 195 0.20 TT5100 MT 195 0.20 TT5100 MT 190 0.20
Poor
1 TT8135 MT 180 0.20 TT8135 MT 180 0.20 TT8135 MT 170 0.20
2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
49
D
48
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
49 48
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Workpiece material
High speed steel
(HB220 - 260)
Cold working die steel
(HB220 - 260)
Hard material
(40HRC)
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FG 230 0.10 TT8115 FG 240 0.14 AB2010 120 0.10
2 CT3000 FG 210 0.10 TT8125 FG 210 0.14 TB610 120 0.10
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 TT5080 ML 180 0.15 TT8115 MP 230 0.28 AB2010 120 0.15
2 TT5100 ML 160 0.15 TT8125 MP 210 0.28 TB670 120 0.15
Normal
1 TT5080 MP 170 0.20 TT8115 PC 215 0.28 AB20 100 0.15
2 TT5100 MP 150 0.20 TT8125 PC 195 0.28 TB730 100 0.15
Poor
1 TT5100 MT 135 0.25 TT8135 RT 130 0.29 AB30 80 0.10
2 KB90A 80 0.10
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 TT5080 MP 170 0.20 TT8115 PC 215 0.32 AB20 100 0.15
2 TT5100 MP 145 0.20 TT8125 PC 195 0.32 KB90A 100 0.15
Normal
1 TT5080 MT 160 0.25 TT8125 MT 175 0.32 AB20 100 0.15
2 TT5100 MT 135 0.25 TT8125 MG- 185 0.37 KB90A 100 0.15
Poor
1 TT8135 RT 140 0.25 TT8135 RT 130 0.33 AB30 80 0.10
2 KB90A 80 0.10
R
4.0 - 7.0
Normal
1 TT8125 RT 180 0.52
2 TT8115 RT 205 0.52
Poor
1 TT8135 RT 125 0.41
2
7.0 -
Normal
1 TT8125 RH 170 0.65
2
Poor
1 TT8135 RH 115 0.52
2
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FG 230 0.10 PV3010 FG 250 0.14 TB670 150 0.10
2 CT3000 FG 210 0.10 CT3000 FG 225 0.14 AB20 120 0.10
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 TT5080 MT 165 0.15 TT8115 MT 215 0.18 TB670 150 0.12
2 TT5100 MT 145 0.15 TT8125 MT 195 0.18 AB20 120 0.12
Normal
1 TT5080 MT 160 0.15 TT8125 MT 215 0.18 AB20 100 0.12
2 TT5100 MT 140 0.15 TT5100 MT 195 0.18 TB670 100 0.12
Poor
1 TT8135 MT 135 0.15 TT8135 MT 160 0.18 AB30 80 0.08
2 KB90A 80 0.08
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
49
D
48
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
49 48
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Workpiece material
Martensitic/Ferritic
Stainless steel (HB180 - 200)
Austenitic stainless steel
(HB180 - 200)
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 SF 330 0.12 PV3010 SF 265 0.12
2 TT9215 EA 260 0.12 TT9215 EA 210 0.12
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 TT9215 EM 230 0.20 TT9215 EM 200 0.20
2
Normal
1 TT9225 EM 210 0.24 TT9225 EM 185 0.24
2 TT9235 MP 180 0.24 TT9235 MP 145 0.24
Poor
1 TT9235 MT 170 0.24 TT9235 MT 135 0.24
2
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 TT9225 EM 200 0.24 TT9225 EM 160 0.24
2
Normal
1 TT9225 MP 190 0.28 TT9225 MP 150 0.28
2 TT9235 MT 165 0.28 TT9235 MT 135 0.28
Poor
1 TT9235 MT 165 0.24 TT9235 MT 125 0.24
2
R
4.0 - 7.0
Normal
1 TT9225 ET 170 0.45 TT9225 ET 130 0.45
2
Poor
1 TT9235 ET 150 0.36 TT9235 ET 110 0.36
2
7.0 -
Normal
1 TT9225 RX 160 0.64 TT9225 RX 120 0.64
2
Poor
1 TT9235 RX 135 0.55 TT9235 RX 100 0.55
2
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 PV3010 FG 330 0.12 PV3010 FG 265 0.12
2 TT9215 FG 270 0.12 TT9215 FG 220 0.12
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 TT9225 PC 195 0.17 TT9225 PC 160 0.17
2
Normal
1 TT9225 PC 185 0.17 TT9225 PC 150 0.17
2 TT9235 MT 160 0.17 TT9235 MT 130 0.17
Poor
1 TT9235 MT 150 0.17 TT9235 MT 120 0.17
2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
51
D
50
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
51 50
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Workpiece material
Ni based super alloy Titanium alloy Ti-6AI-4V
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 TC430 250 0.15 TT5080 EA 100 0.15
2 TT5080 EA 60 0.15
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 TC430 250 0.15 TT5080 EM 90 0.20
2 TT5080 EM 60 0.20
Normal
1 TT5080 MP 50 0.20 TT5080 MP 80 0.20
2
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 35 0.20 TT8020 MT 50 0.20
2
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 TT5080 EM 50 0.20 TT5080 EM 80 0.20
2
Normal
1 TT5080 MP 45 0.20 TT5080 MP 70 0.20
2
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 30 0.20 TT8020 MT 45 0.20
2
R
4.0 - 7.0
Normal
1 TT5080 ET 40 0.20 TT5080 ET 60 0.20
2
Poor
1 TT8020 ET 25 0.20 TT8020 ET 40 0.20
2
7.0 -
Normal
1
2
Poor
1
2
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 TT5080 FG 60 0.10 TT5080 FG 100 0.10
2
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 TT5080 PC 50 0.15 TT5080 PC 80 0.15
2
Normal
1 TT5080 PC 45 0.15 TT5080 PC 75 0.15
2
Poor
1 TT8020 MT 30 0.15 TT8020 MT 50 0.15
2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
51
D
50
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
51 50
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Workpiece material
Gray cast iron
(HB180 - 220)
Ductile cast iron
(HB200 - 240)
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 AS500 600 0.25 AS500 440 0.20
2 TT7005 MT 400 0.25 TT7005 MT 320 0.20
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 AS500 570 0.35 AS500 420 0.30
2 TT7005 MT 380 0.35 TT7005 MT 305 0.30
Normal
1 AS10 540 0.35 AS10 400 0.30
2 TT7005 MT 360 0.35 TT7005 MT 290 0.30
Poor
1 TT7005 RT 320 0.40 TT7015 RT 250 0.35
2 TT7015 RT 270 0.40
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 AS10 540 0.35 AS10 400 0.30
2 TT7005 MT 360 0.35 TT7005 MT 275 0.30
Normal
1 AS10 510 0.35 AS10 380 0.30
2 TT7005 RT 320 0.40 TT7015 MT 260 0.35
Poor
1 TT7005 RT 300 0.40 TT7015 RT 235 0.35
2 TT7015 RT 255 0.40
R
4.0 - 7.0
Normal
1 TT7005 KT 300 0.60 TT7015 KT 240 0.52
2
Poor
1 TT7015 KT 240 0.60 TT7015 KT 225 0.52
2
7.0 -
Normal
1 TT7005 KT 270 0.80 TT7015 KT 210 0.70
2
Poor
1 TT7015 KT 220 0.80 TT7015 KT 200 0.70
2
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 TT7005 MT 400 0.18 TT7005 MT 320 0.15
2 TB730 700 0.15
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 TT7005 MT 380 0.25 TT7005 MT 305 0.20
2
Normal
1 TT7005 MT 360 0.25 TT7005 MT 290 0.20
2 TT7015 MT 305 0.25 TT7015 MT 250 0.20
Poor
1 TT7015 MT 290 0.25 TT7015 MT 235 0.20
2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
53
D
52
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
53 52
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Workpiece material
Low Si aluminum alloy
(12.2%

Si)
High Si aluminum alloy
(12.2%Si)
Copper alloy
N
F
- 1.0 Best
1 KP300 - 1300 0.10 KP500 - 600 0.10 KP300 - 1100 0.10
2 K10 ML 500 0.15 K10 ML 150 0.15 TT5100 ML 500 0.15
M
1.0 - 2.5
Best
1 KP300 - 1300 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 1100 0.15
2 K10 ML 500 0.35 K10 ML 150 0.30 TT5100 ML 400 0.25
Normal
1 KP300 - 1300 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 1100 0.15
2 K10 ML 500 0.35 K10 ML 150 0.30 TT5100 ML 400 0.25
Poor
1 KP300 - 1000 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 900 0.15
2 K10 ML 400 0.35 K10 ML 120 0.30 TT5100 MP 320 0.25
2.5 - 4.0
Best
1 KP300 - 1300 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 1100 0.15
2 K10 ML 500 0.35 K10 ML 150 0.30 TT5100 MP 400 0.30
Normal
1 KP300 - 1300 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 1100 0.15
2 K10 ML 500 0.35 K10 ML 150 0.30 TT5100 MP 400 0.30
Poor
1 KP300 - 1000 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 900 0.15
2 K10 ML 400 0.35 K10 ML 120 0.30 TT5100 MT 320 0.30
P
F
- 1.0 Best
1 KP300 - 1300 0.10 KP500 - 600 0.10 KP300 - 1100 0.10
2 K10 FL 500 0.15 K10 FL 150 0.13 TT5100 FG 400 0.15
M
1.0 - 3.5
Best
1 KP300 - 1300 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 1100 0.15
2 K10 FL 500 0.25 K10 FL 150 0.22 TT5100 FG 400 0.20
Normal
1 KP300 - 1300 0.15 KP500 - 600 0.15 KP300 - 1100 0.15
2 K10 FL 500 0.25 K10 FL 150 0.22 TT5100 FG 400 0.20
Poor
1 KP300 - 1000 0.15 KP500 - 500 0.15 KP300 - 900 0.15
2 K10 FL 400 0.25 K10 FL 120 0.25 TT5100 MT 320 0.20
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
53
D
52
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
53 52
TA TA
Insert Selection by Workpiece Materials
Recommended cutting parameters
Insert style
Application
Depth of cut (mm)
-Best: no scale, no interruption, good rigidity
-Normal: a little scale, a little interruption, good rigidity
-Poor: heavy scale, severe interruptions, poor rigidity
Workpiece, stability and machine condition
First and second choice grade, chip breaker, cutting speed & feed rate in mm/rev
: Finishing
: Negative inserts
N
F
: Medium M : Roughing
R
: Positive inserts P
Cause
Crater wear
Excessive cutting speed or feed rate (alloy steel and over 0.3% carbon steel)
Workpiece material contains high hardness chemical elements
(tool steel, die steel)
Flank wear
Excessive cutting speed (alloy steel and over 0.3% carbon steel)
Workpiece material contains high hardness chemical elements (tool steel, die steel)
Increase cutting speed if abnormal flank wear is caused by a very slow cutting speed
Deformation Excessive cutting speed or feed rate
Chipping
Excessive feed rate
Interrupted cutting
Notching
Machining scaled part
From machining work hardened materials
Built-up-edge
Slow cutting speed
Sticky materials
Mechanical
fracture
Excessive feed rates when interrupted cutting
Thermal
cracking
Repeated thermal shock (interrupted cutting)
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
55
D
54
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
55 54
TA TA
Trouble Shooting
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
Contents 2
T-TURN
D
55
D
54
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
55 54
TA TA
Trouble Shooting
Solution
Reduce cutting speed or feed rate or use more wear resistant grade
Use coolant
Use more positive rake geometry
Reduce cutting speed or feed rate or use more wear resistant grade
Use coolant
Reduce cutting speed or feed rate or use more wear resistant grade
Use coolant
Use more positive rake geometry
Reduce cutting speed or feed rate or use more wear resistant grade
Use coolant
Reduce cutting speed or feed rate or use more wear resistant grade
Use coolant
Use stronger insert geometry
Reduce feed rate
Use tougher grade
Use stronger insert geometry
Remove coolant completely or apply coolant correctly
Use tougher grade
Use stronger insert geometry
Increase lead angle
Use tougher grade
Use more positive rake geometry
Increase lead angle
Increase cutting speed
Use more positive rake geometry
Use more positive rake geometry
Use tougher grade
Use tougher grade
Use stronger insert geometry
Reduce feed rate
Remove coolant completely or apply coolant correctly
Increase cutting speed
Use tougher grade
Use stronger insert geometry
Reduce feed rate
Remove coolant completely or apply coolant correctly
Harder
PV3010 > CT3000
Less B.U.E*
Less heat
*B.U.E: Built-Up-Edge
Change grade
Tight Open
Change chip breaker
Chip control
TT7005 > TT7015 > TT7310 > TT8115 > TT9215 > TT5080 > TT8125 > TT5100 >
TT9225 > TT9080 > TT9020 > TT8135 > TT7100 > TT9235 > TT8020
SF
FX
FA FG ML EM MP ET PC MT WT MC MG- RT RH HD
FC VF MM HB RX HT
FM
FT
WS HY
EA HZ
FC HD
FM
FT
SF HT
FX
FA FG MC PC VF ML MP MT MG- ET RT RH HY
KT
WS MM WT HB RX HZ
EA
T-CLAMP Basic Information TB2
T-CLAMP Parting & Grooving TB4
T-CLAMP Turning & Grooving TB10
T-CLAMP Face Turning & Face Grooving TB21
T-CLAMP Trouble Shooting TB23
TOPMICRO TB24
TOPCUT TB26
QUADRUSH TB28
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Parting & Grooving
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TB TB
This guide presents basic information that will enable you to obtain full
benefit from T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS system
T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS enables multi-functional operations in one system:
- Deep grooving
- Parting and grooving
- Shallow grooving
- Turning and grooving
- Precision grooving and recessing
- Face grooving and face turning
- Undercutting and recessing
Inserts
- Accuracy with good repeatability
- Molded chip breaker
- Top and bottom prism hold the insert frmly and accurately in the correct position
- TDJ/C is a unique double-ended insert for grooving and parting
- TSJ/C is a unique single-ended insert for deep grooving and parting
- TDT double-ended insert for side turning and grooving
- TDA double-ended insert for aluminum wheel machining
Blades
- Simple, accurate and rapid indexing
- Top and bottom seated insert alignment
- No additional spare parts
- Uses standard tool blocks
Integral tool shanks
- Simple, accurate and rapid indexing
- Top and bottom seated insert alignment
- Stable support against side forces
- No additional spare parts
- Standard shank dimensions
Basic Information
Parting
Turning & Grooving
Face grooving & Turning
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TB TB
Advantages of T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS system
T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS is available as either double-ended or single ended insert for maximum economy
Multifunction use
- Right-hand and left-hand turning, grooving and parting with a single tool
T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS replaces a multitude of ISO tools
- Reduces number of tools per operation
- Reduces inventory
Short cycle time
- Short setup with less downtime
- Reduces need for turret indexing
Improved cycle time
- The excellent surface fnish obtained from rough turning may eliminate fnish turning
T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS system vs standard ISO system
Toolholder screw clamping force
Basic Information
T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS system Standard ISO system
Precision
Grooving & Parting
Grooving:
Right and left hand turning
Facing Grooving
& Parting
Right hand
turning
Left hand
turning
Facing

Screw
Recommended torque
(Nm)
SH M5X0.8 5.5
SH M6X1 8.0
SH M8X1.25 12.0
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TB TB
Selecting inserts
To match the correct insert to the cutting condition,
the following variables must be considered:
- Width of cut (width of insert)
- Chip breaker style
- Lead angle
- Corner radii
- Carbide grade
Width of cut (WOC) and depth of cut (DOC)
- To select the proper width and depth of cut, the application must be considered
The ratio DOC = 8 x WOC can be used when cutting steel
For example, the maximum DOC for a 3mm wide insert is 24mm for parting a 48mm diameter bar
- Neutral inserts with a 0 lead angle provide the maximum DOC
Lead angle
- Use inserts with a lead angle to minimize pips or burrs
- Inserts are available with either R or L hand, with the point of angle toward the fnished surface
- Increasing the lead angle reduces the pips or burrs, but will also produce a poor surface fnish and short tool life
Neutral inserts are recommended when a pip/burr is acceptable
Insert support
- Integral shank toolholders offer the best rigidity
- A self clamp holder is only recommended for radial machining
- A screw clamp holder is recommended for axial and radial machining
Technical Guide - Parting & Grooving
RH insert shown
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TB TB
Blade or holder size
To minimize vibration and deflection choose:
- Blade or toolholder with the smallest possible overhang (Tmax)
- Toolholder with the maximum shank size (H)
- Blade height that is larger than Tmax
- Blade or toolholder with the maximum blade width (largest possible insert seat size)
90 Mounting
The insert must be mounted 90 to the workpiece to obtain perpendicular surfaces
and minimize vibration.
Selecting preference priority
- The center height of the insert should be maintained within 0.1mm
- The parting operation should be as close to the chuck as possible
Selecting preference priority
- Use insert with 0 lead angle
- Use the largest blade size possible
- The smallest appropriate width of cut
Technical Guide - Parting & Grooving
(0.08mm + 0.025 WOC)max
Center Height
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TB TB
Machining
- Consistency of speed and feed improve performance
- Apply coolant abundantly (excluding Ceramic AB30)
- Secure insert into clean pockets
- Cutting forces on soft workpiece materials may be insuffcient to push insert well into pocket.
Tap insert into place using a plastic hammer.
- On a conventional lathe, lock the carriage to prevent axial motion during parting-off
Usage
- Replace worn inserts immediately
The price of a new insert is much less than the risk of damage from continuing with a worn edge
- Replace blade or damaged pockets
- Never try to repair damaged pockets
Chip breaker
The chip breakers function is to narrow the chip it occurs near the cutting edge
at high temperature.
Producing chips that are narrower than the groove gives the following advantages:
- Eliminates friction with groove walls
- Prevents chip overload
- Permits higher feeds
- Produces unscratched surfaces, eliminating additional facing
Curling chips into compact spirals or breaking chips simplifies disposal
Curling is affected by the chip breaker type and the machining conditions
Select an appropriate chip breaker for the specific application
Extraction of insert
Technical Guide - Parting & Grooving
Extractor (EDG-23B, EDG-33B) for blades
Insert clamping
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TB TB
Selection of chip breakers
Technical Guide - Parting & Grooving
J C
For hard materials and tough applications
For general applications on steel, alloy steel and
stainless steel
Medium-to-high feeds
For soft materials, parting of tubes,
small diameters and thin-walled parts
Low forces and smaller burrs
Improved straightness
Low-to-medium feeds
High
Feed
Low
Recommended feed range as a function of insert width
Material; SAE4140 (HB240)
Recommendations are for neutral inserts - for R/L inserts reduce feeds by 20 - 40%
F
e
e
d

(
m
m
/
r
e
v
)
Width (mm)
C
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.06
0.02
2 3 4 5 6 8
0.18
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.43
F
e
e
d

(
m
m
/
r
e
v
)
Width (mm)
J
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.06
0.02
0.12
0.10
0.16
0.18
0.20
0.22
1.4 2 3 4 5 6
Workpiece materials
Alloy steel
Austenitic
stainless
High - Temp
alloys
Nonferrous
materials
Cast iron
C
J
C
J
C
J Titanium
C Brass
J Aluminum
C
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TB TB
Practical trouble shooting
To reduce burr
- On a CNC machine, reduce feed by 50% when approaching
center stub diameters WOC
- Check center height of cutting edge
- Use insert with lead angle
- If 0 lead angle must be used for whatever reason,
apply narrow WOC
- Apply a supporting part-catcher (or adjust concentricity)
- For hollow bars, it is better to machine chamfers using ID
boring tool prior to parting operation. (See picture)
To improve surface finish
- Increase cutting speed
- Use neutral inserts
- Select chip breaker that provides optimum chip control
- Use coated carbide
- Improve coolant application
- Eliminate chatter
To improve flatness
- Check inserts and replace any that show wear
- Use neutral inserts
- Use largest blade possible, i.e., TGB 32- instead of TGB 26-
- Increase blade thickness and insert width
- Minimize blade overhang
- Check alignment and perpendicularity of tool to machine axis
- Optimize workpiece chucking
- Lock the carriage on manually operated lathes
- Apply coolant abundantly (excluding Ceramic AB30)
- Reduce feed
To improve chip control
- Replace worn inserts
- Choose a more appropriate chip breaker
- Use a neutral insert
- Check alignment and perpendicularity of tool to machine axis
- Apply coolant abundantly
- Increase feed
- At initial groove depth, interrupt feed momentarily to let the chip
enter slot
Technical Guide - Parting & Grooving
Stub dia.
1
2
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TB TB
Technical Guide - Parting & Grooving
To improve chip control
- Part-off as close to chuck as possible
- Minimize blade overhang
- Improve chucking and monitor tool setup
- Change the RPM
- Increase the feed
- Lock the carriage on manually operated lathes
To prevent chipping of cutting edge
- Use appropriate carbide grade and geometry
- Use insert with larger corner radii
- Reduce feed at end of cut
- Eliminate chatter
- Increase speed
- Use strong grade
- Increase tool and setup rigidity
- Eliminate built-up edges
To prevent or reduce built-up edge
- Use appropriate carbide grade and geometry
- Increase speed
- Reduce feed
- Increase coolant fow/concentration
Parting on eccentric tubes
- Inserts with 4 degree lead angle are usually recommended
for tubes; however, the combination of an eccentric bore and
a robust machine may increase feed-snap on breakthrough
and damage the cutting edge. Changing to an 8 degree lead
angle insert will regulate the breakthrough.
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TB TB
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
Chip breaker style: T chip breaker
- The T chip breaker is available for turning and grooving of steel, alloy steel and stainless steel
- Inserts with T style chip breaker contain a central chipbreaking island for multi-direction chip control
- Inserts are available with various corner radii for turning applications and profling inserts are ground
with a full radius
Reduce cutting speed 20 - 30% for internal & face machining
T
T Type
Workpiece: SAE 1045 (C45)
Cutting Speed: Vc=100 - 180 m/min
D
e
p
t
h

o
f

C
u
t

(
m
m
)
Feed (mm/rev)
TDT 10.00E-0.80
TDT 6.00E-0.80
TDT 8.00E-0.80
TDT 5.00E-0.80
TDT 4.00E-0.80
TDT 3.00E-0.40
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TB TB
Toolholder or blade size
To minimize risk of vibration and deflection always choose:
- Toolholder or blade with the smallest possible overhang
- Toolholder with maximum shank dimension
90 Mounting
To minimize risk of vibration and deflection:
It is very important that the insert is mounted at 90 to the center line of the workpiece in order to obtain
a perpendicular surface and reduce the risk of vibration
Machining definitions
Grooving
- Vc - Cutting speed (m/min)
- T - Maximum depth (mm)
- f1 - Feed in radial direction (mm/rev)
Turning
- Vc - Cutting speed (m/min)
- apmax - Maximum depth of cut (mm)
- f2 - Feed in lateral direction (mm/rev)
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
13
D
12
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13 12
TB TB
Selecting inserts
Insert width
- Insert width strongly affects strength
- For most effcient machining select the widest possible insert
- Chipbreaking range depends on insert width
- A narrow width improves chipbreaking at lower feed rates
- Wide inserts and strong blades require high forces and feed rates to achieve a frontal clearance angle
Corner radii - Lateral turning
- Choose large corner radii for long tool life
- Choose small corner radii to reduce cutting load and lower feed with narrow inserts
Turning feed
- Feed depends on chipbreaking range of the insert
- Maximum feed depends on insert width and is relative to the maximum load
- High feed with small corner radii may reduce tool life
- Maximum feed should not exceed the corner radii
- For better chip formation when grooving, feed can be interrupted at small intervals
Small radii - Strong side forces
Large radii - Small side forces
Maximum feed:
fmax= W0.075
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
13
D
12
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13 12
TB TB
Depth of cut
- Minimum depth of cut equals the corner radii
- Maximum depth of cut depends on maximum possible load
- Depth of cut depends on chipbreaking range
Principle of turning with T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS tools
The clearance angle is a function of the side cutting forces and is not constant as is the case
with ISO inserts.
Maximum depth of cut: apmax= W 0.8
Large depth of cut causes large defection and large frontal clearance
With a small depth of cut the defection and frontal clearance may be too small
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
Clearance angle between the insert
and workpiece
The deflection is influenced by:
- Feed: f
- Depth of cut: ap
- Overhang: T
- Cutting speed: Vc
- Workpiece material
When these factors are properly applied,
the insert () creates a Wiper action providing
excellent surface quality and tolerance
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
15
D
14
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15 14
TB TB
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
Finishing operation: Diameter compensation
- A compensation factor for the fnish diameter must be used in the fnal machining operation. After grooving to the
desired diameter, the machining direction changes to longitudinal turning. At this point defection occurs.
If machining continues without tool compensation, corner A will penetrate the workpiecs as a result of the
defection phenomenon (See picture). This will result in two different diameters D1 from the grooving operation
and D2 from the turning operation. The difference between D1 and D2 is the change in diameter,
designated at Delta .
Tool compensation factor is calculated as shown:
- Using the compensation factor will eliminate the difference in part diameter.
Follow this simple procedure during machining
- The diagrams show experimental results for specifc machining conditions. These are sample values that will
vary with different workpiece materials and different holder types
Recommendation:
Measure the value for your fnishing operation in a short test using your selected fnishing conditions
Do not run your test using the fnal diameter
1. Groove to the final diameter 2. Pull the tool back, a distance
equal to the value of /2
3. Continue the finish turning
operation
Bad
=
2 2
D1 - D2
Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev) Feed (mm/rev)
Insert: TDT 3.00E-0.40
Toolholder: TTER 2525-3
Insert: TDT 4.00E-0.40
Toolholder: TTER 2525-4
Insert: TDT 6.00E-0.80
Toolholder: TTER 2525-6
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
15
D
14
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15 14
TB TB
Multifunction operations
The multifunctional tools can operate in a sequence of grooving and turning modes. Moving from turning to
grooving requires consideration of each basic principle. This will eliminate the possibility of insert breakage.
In this situation, customers must release the side defection necessary in turning but not recommended in grooving.
Machining a radius or chamfer
The machining of a corner with a radius or a chamfer larger than the radius of the
insert always requires the combination of movement in two directions. Problems such as insert breakage result
when this combined operation is used while the insert is plunged into the workpiece with material on all sides.
Insert breakage is caused by forces acting simultaneously in two different directions as shown in F1 and F2.
Recommended procedure to optimize machining and eliminate insert breakage
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
Not recommended
Not recommended
1 2 3 4
Previous move
Actual move
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
17
D
16
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17 16
TB TB
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
Machining between walls
One of the most important advantages of the T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS system is the ability to machine
between walls.
To achieve the best result - follow the recommended sequence:
Leave steps near the wall. Do not arrive at the same Z value!!!
Eliminating a Hanging Ring
When turning at the end of a bar or toward a recess between two walls, a 'Hanging Ring' may be formed.
To eliminate the Hanging Ring:
Roughing (Incorrect) Roughing (Correct) Finishing (Correct)
Roughing 1
Z value=0.2 - 0.3mm
Finishing 4
Roughing 2
Finishing 5
Finishing 3
Finishing 6
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
17
D
16
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17 16
TB TB
Optimizing internal machining
1. The frst pass uses one corner for roughing
2. The other corner is used on the return path for semi-fnishing or fnishing
3. Tool position looks out of sequence with the amount of material that is removed
4. Rapid position back to initial groove and then continue with face turning toward the center
Improving internal turning in a blind hole
Internal turning in a blind hole brings about the problem of chip evacuation.
When the tool reaches the rear side wall, chips may be caught between the wall and the insert, causing breakage.
Two solutions that can eliminate this problem:
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
First solution
1. Start by grooving at the rear wall
2. Continue by turning from the
inside toward the outside
Second solution
1. Start by grooving at the rear wall
2. Pull the tool back to the outside
Turn the fnal diameter from
outside toward the groove
L max 3D
Toolholder Overhang Efficient use of Insert corners
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TB TB
Surface quality
Eliminating grinding operations
Turning with T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS Tools gives a surface quality superior to anything possible when using
standard ISO tools. In fact, turning with T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS Tools can produce a surface quality
comparable to grinding.
Calculation of required machine power
Where Kc appears - Specific cutting forces (N/mm
2
)
could be used.
- Efficiency ( 0.8)
P = [HP]
Turning
Kc ap f Vc

45 10
3
P = [kw]
Turning
Kc ap f Vc

61 10
3
P = [HP]
Grooving / Parting
Kc W f Vc

45 10
3
P = [kw]
Grooving / Parting
Kc W f Vc

61 10
3
P = [HP]
Face grooving
Kc W f Vc

45 10
3
P = [kw]
Face grooving
Kc W f Vc

61 10
3
T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS vs ISO turning inserts
Feed (mm/rev) 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
S
u
r
f
a
c
e

r
o
u
g
h
n
e
s
s
(

m
)8
6
4
2
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TB TB
TDXU cutting condition table
TDT/TDXT cutting condition table
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
Width (mm)
Feed (mm/rev)
3 4 5 6 8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.25
0.1
Grooving
Turning
0.15
0.05
0.05
0.18
0.15
0.35
0.05
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.05
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.05
0.2
0.2
0.5
Feed (mm/rev)
Width (mm)
2 3 4 5 6 8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.03
0.22
0.05
0.06
0.27
0.1
0.4
0.07
0.3
0.12
0.5
Grooving
Turning
Feed (mm/rev)
D.O.C (mm)
TDXU 3E
TDXU 2E
TDXU 4E
TDXU 5E
TDXU 6E
TDXU 8E
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
21
D
20
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
21 20
TB TB
TDIM,TDIP cutting conditions
Technical Guide - Turning & Grooving
Grooving
Insert width (mm)
2 1 3
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.02 0.02
0.03
0.10 0.10
0.12
Turning
Insert width=2mm
Insert width=3mm
Depth of cut (mm)
Feed (mm/rev)
0.05 0.1 0.15
1.5
1.2
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.2
Feed (mm/rev)
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
21
D
20
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
21 20
TB TB
Technical Guide - Face Turning & Face Grooving
Tool selection
Follow these three recommendations for selecting the correct cutting tool:
Tool adjustment
Prior to machining, check and adjust the following tool positions
Choose the widest possible
insert and tool, according to
the cutting width and geometry
to be machined
Choose the shortest toolholder
overhang, according to the
maximum depth required
Choose the tool range with the
largest diameter depending on
the initial grooving diameter
required in the application
Check the cutting-edge
height at center line, take a
light cut toward the center,
and check for a burr
Check parallelism of cutting edge and
the machined surface. Correct position
can guarantee good surface quality
when face turning in both directions
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
23
D
22
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
23 22
TB TB
Optimizing the machining procedure
For roughing
Basic steps for roughing operations when face turning with T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS tools:
When face grooving, reduce the speed by 40% in relation to that used in face turning
For fnishing
Basic steps for fnishing operations when face turning with T-CLAMP ULTRA PLUS tools:
When face grooving, reduce the speed by 40% in relation to that used in face turning
Technical Guide - Face Turning & Face Grooving
2
Turning away from center
1
Grooving into initial
diameter range
3
Rapid position back to initial
groove and continue with
face turning toward center
1 2 3 4
After initial groove
move away from
center
Finish major diameter
and radius
Rapid position back to
initial groove and
continue with face
turning toward center
Finish minor diameter
T-CLAMP
ULTRA PLUS
D
23
D
22
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
23 22
TB TB
Trouble Shooting
Insert failure and tool life
Problem Possible cause Solution
1. Rapid flank wear
short tool life
Excessively high cutting speed.
Carbide with too low
wear resistance
Decrease cutting speed
Use a carbide with higher
hardness or a coated carbide
2. Cratering
short tool life
High cutting temperature
on insert rake face at high
feed and speed
Decrease feed and speed
Use coated grade
3. Cutting edge/
Insert fracture
High load on insert.
Insert width too narrow.
Grade too brittle.
Use wider insert for maximum
support
Decrease feed and speed
Choose a tougher grade
4. Plastic
deformation High heat pressure
decreasing carbide hardness.
Use a bigger corner radius
and decrease feed and speed
Choose carbide with higher
hardness
5. Chip control
Spaghetti-like chips coil
under holder and interfere
with operation
Small depth of cut.
Feed too slow.
Insert width too large.
Insert radius too large.
Check chipbreaking range
Increase depth of cut
Increase feed rate
Use narrower insert with
a smaller radius
6. Poor surface finish
Small depth of cut,
i.e. less than corner radius.
Increase depth of cut to
minimum radius size
7. Vibration and poor surface quality Small front clearance
angle between insert and
workpiece leads to
rubbing action.
Increase feed to get suitable
clearance
Before starting, check that
the front cutting edge is
parallel to workpiece
TOPMiCRO
D
25
D
24
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
25 24
TB TB
Features
- Internal machining from min 0.6mm
- Best solution for internal turning, profling, grooving and face machining especially on small diameters
- TiAlN coating for extended tool life
- Shank diameters - 4mm & 7mm
- Internal coolant through the body directly to the cutting edge
- Promotes better chip evacuation and longer tool life
Machining program: Includes a large variety of tools for various applications
Turning & Chamfering
MINT Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 0.6~7.0mm
Turning & Profling
MINP Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 2.8~5.0mm
Turning & 45 Chamfering
MINC Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 5.0~6.8mm
Grooving
MING Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 2.0~6.8mm
Deep face grooving
MINF Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 15mm
Face grooving
MINF Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 6.0~8.0mm
Face grooving
MINA Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 6.0mm
Profling
MINR Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 5.0~6.8mm
Threading
MINN Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 4.0~7.0mm
Back turning
MINB Type
Min. Bore Dia. : 3.0~7.0mm
Technical Guide
TOPMiCRO
D
25
D
24
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
25 24
TB TB
Sleeves
- Angular clamping design avoids interference with the other sleeves at the tool post during tool change
- The unique design facilitates simplifed tool change on Swiss type and other multi-spindle lathes
- Reduced machine downtime, tool inventory and overall costs
TOPMICRO sleeves have a stopper inside the hole:
- Prevents any tool movement during machining
- Enables tool change without resetting tool offsets
Conventional
45
Sleeve
for
TOPMiCRO

(4mm or 7mm)
Stopper
Clamping screw
7mm
4mm
Clamping fat
Technical Guide
TOPMiCRO
TOPCUT
D
27
D
26
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27 26
TB TB
Insert features
- Excellent surface fnish and repeatability credit to high precision ground inserts
- Ultra fne, ground cutting edge prevents micro-chipping and promotes longer tool life
- Chip breaker designed for low cutting force and smooth chip evacuation
Main grade: TT9010 features
- For roughing to fnishing applications in small parts machining
- High mechanical shock resistance
- Ultra fne grain size substrate with TiN PVD coating
Toolholder features
- Designed for setting on small automatic lathe machines
- Precision ground toolholders ensure accurate mounting to the lathe promoting stable machining
- Insert indexing from both sides of holder
- Dovetail shape of insert & pocket means a stable clamping system
Technical Guide
TOPCUT
D
27
D
26
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27 26
TB TB
- High clearance angle on both insert and holder ensures no interference with other holders when
mounted on radial tool post
Applications
40
Minimum machining
No interference
45
diameter: 8
Competitor



Back turning Turning
Parting & Grooving
Reverse turning Threading
Technical Guide
TOPCUT
D
28
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
28
TB
Features
- 4 cutting edges for better economy
- Positive J type chip breaker for excellent chip control and high quality surface fnish grooving
- 3 contact points away from the cutting edges
: Accurate positioning of insert when indexing
: Even if edges are broken any remaining edge can be used
- Pocket protects unused edges from chips during the machining process
- Unique torx key & screw for insert clamping
: Insert indexing from both sides of the holder
: A major advantage over swiss type lathes
- Side lock torx screws
: Ensures rigid clamping in holder
- 2 different setting screws are applied
: L-hand holder : R-hand screw
: R-hand holder : L-hand screw
- Gold Rush grade TT9080 is the latest coating technology with multi-nano-layer for improved surface quality
and tool life
Guideline for insert positioning
L-hand R-hand
Fig.1
Fig.1
Fig.2
Fig.2
Fig.3
Fig.4
Fig.3 Fig.4
Correct
Wrong
Technical Guide
T-THREAD TC2
TS-THREAD TC8
T-TAP TC13
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Thread Making
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TC TC
Threading inserts - types and profiles
Partial profile
- Suitable for a wide range of pitches with a common angle
(60or 55)
- Inserts with small root-corner radius suitable for the
smallest pitch range
- Additional operations to complete the outer/internal
diameter is necessary
- Not recommended for mass production
- Eliminates the need for different inserts
Full profile
- Performs complete thread profle
- Root corner radius is suitable only for the relevant pitch
- Recommended for mass production
- Suitable for one profle only
Multi-tooth
- Full profle but 2 or 3 cutting teeth on each corner
- Higher productivity due to fewer passes
- Recommended for mass production and larger batches
- Optimal distribution of cutting load
Insert geometries
Geometry M
- First choice for most operations and materials
- Sintered chip breaker for excellent chip control with short broken chips
Geometry B
- Molded chip breaker with sharp cutting edges lower cutting force
- Solution for stainless steels, high temperature alloys, mild steel
- Improved chip breaking and better chip evacuation
- Better surface quality
Regular type (no suffix)
- Sharp cutting edge for machining of ductile materials
- Low cutting forces and reduced built-up edge
- wide range of profles and size
Basic Infomation
Geometry M
(eg. 16ERM)
Geometry B
(eg. 16ERB)
Regular type
(eg. 16ER)
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TC TC
Basic Infomation
Thread turning methods
External
thread
Right-hand thread Left-hand thread
Change anvil to negative
(1)
Change anvil to negative
(1)
Internal
thread
Right-hand thread Left-hand thread
Change anvil to negative
(1)
Change anvil to negative
(1)


(1)
See page TC4
Mini - tool features
(1)
D M8; 5/16- UN; 1/16- NPT
(2)
4H-8H / 1B-3B
(3)

A 0.00
(1) Smallest possible thread
(2) All tolerances
(3) Minimum run-out
(4) High surface quality
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TC TC
Technical Guide
Thread helix angle and anvil selection
Anvil selection according to thread helix angle
Helix angle evaluation
P - Pitch (mm)
D - Effective diameter of
thread (mm)
- Angle of inclination
tg =
=
(1)
-Effective inclination angle
1P
3.14 D
20P
D
Anvils for negative inclination

used when turning


RH thread with LH holder or LH thread with RH holder.
(1)
H1 remains constant for every anvil combination.
Anvils for positive inclination angle

applicable when turning


RH thread with RH holder or LH thread with LH holders.
Standard
Thread helix angle > 4 3- 4 2- 3 1- 2 0- 1 Negative anvils
Inclination angle 4.5 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5 -0.5 -1.5
I(d) Toolholder Anvil designation
16 EX RH OR IN LH AE 16 +4.5 AE 16 +3.5 AE 16 +2.5 AE 16 AE 16 +0.5 AE 16 -0.5 AE 16 -1.5
(3/8) EX LH OR IN RH AI 16 +4.5 AI 16 +3.5 AI 16 +2.5 AI 16 AI 16 +0.5 AI 16 -0.5 AI 16 -1.5
22 EX RH OR IN LH AE 22 +4.5 AE 22 +3.5 AE 22 +2.5 AE 22 AE 22 +0.5 AE 22 -0.5 AE 22 -1.5
(1/2) EX LH OR IN RH AI 22 +4.5 AI 22 +3.5 AI 22 +2.5 AI 22 AI 22 +0.5 AI 22 -0.5 AI 22 -1.5
27 EX RH OR IN LH AE 27 +4.5 AE 27 +3.5 AE 27 +2.5 AE 27 Al 27 +0.5 AE 27 -0.5 AE 27 -1.5
(5/8) EX LH OR IN RH AI 27 +4.5 AI 27 +3.5 AI 27 +2.5 AI 27 Al 27 +0.5 AI 27 -0.5 AI 27 -1.5
22U EX RH OR IN LH AE 22U +4.5 AE 22U +3.5 AE 22U +2.5 AE 22U AE 22U +0.5 AE 22U -0.5 AE 22U -1.5
(1/2U) EX LH OR IN RH Al 22U +4.5 AI 22U +3.5 AI 22U +2.5 AI 22U Al 22U +0.5 AI 22U -0.5 AI 22U -1.5
27U EX RH OR IN LH AE 27U +4.5 AE 27U +3.5 AE 27U +2.5 AE 27U AE 27U +0.5 AE 27U -0.5 AE 27U -1.5
(5/8U) EX LH OR IN RH Al 27U +4.5 AI 27U +3.5 AI 27U +2.5 AI 27U Al 27U +0.5 AI 27U -0.5 AI 27U -1.5
4

2 3
1
40 30 20 10 50 60 75
TPI
Pitch
mm
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
2.5
0
5.0
48
24
16
12
8
6
10
0
5
Diameter
Diameter-D (mm)
P
i
t
c
h

(
m
m
)
P
i
t
c
h
-
T
P
I
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TC TC
Anvil selection according to thread helix angle
Technical Guide
Tool holder
AE Anvils : EX-RH and
IN-LH toolholders
Al Anvils : IN-RH and
EX-LH toolholders
Replacing the standard anvil
with a negative angle anvil will
eliminate side rubbing
AMERICAN BUTTRESS
SAGENGEWINDE
(DIN-513)
mm
Diameter
5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
3
Pitch
TPI MM
2.5
3.5
5.5
5
6
8
10
12
16
Special Holder Required
AE or Al+2.5
Standard Anvil
(Supplied with toolholder)
Change to Negative
Anvil AE or Al-1.5
AE Anvils : EX-RH and
IN-LH toolholders
Al Anvils : IN-RH and
EX-LH toolholders
ACME
STUB ACME
TRAPEZE (DIN 103)
ROUND (DIN 405)
Special Holder Required
AE or Al+4.5
AE or Al+3.5
AE or Al+2.5
AE or Al+0.5
Standard Anvil
(Supplied with toolholder)
5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
mm
Diameter
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
3
Pitch
TPI MM
2.5
3.5
5.5
5
6
8
10
12
16
AE Anvils : EX-RH and
IN-LH toolholders
Al Anvils : IN-RH and
EX-LH toolholders
PARTIAL PROFILES 60
PARTIAL PROFILES 55
ISO, UN,WHITWORTH,
NPT, BSPT
mm
Diameter
5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
3
Pitch
TPI MM
2.5
3.5
5.5
5
6
8
10
12
16
Special Holder Required
AE or Al+3.5
AE or Al+2.5
Standard Anvil
(Supplied with toolholder)
AE or Al+4.5
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TC TC
Technical Guide
Flank clearance and effective inclination angle
Inclination angle of the cutting edges correspond to a specific thread helix angle and insures equal
clearance angle on both sides of insert.
Infeed methods for threading operations
- Flank clearance angle
- Helix angle
- Effective inclination angle is achieved
by selecting the suitable anvil
Correct
L = R
Incorrect
L < R
Flank infeed Radial infeed Alternating flank infeed
Flank equal
Equal depth of cut for each pass
Flank diminishing
Diminished depth of cut for each pass
H - Depth of thread profile (on )
D - Depth of pass (on )
U - Depth of finishing pass (on )
D1
2

=

D2
2

=

D3
2

=

Dn
2
D1
2

>

D2
2

>

D3
2

>

Dn
2

>

Dn+1
2
Dn/2
D1/2
D2/2
D3/2
Dn+1/2

D/2
U/2
H/2
D1/2
D2/2
D3/2
Dn/2

D/2
U/2
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TC TC
Trouble Shooting
Problem Caused by Solution
Cutting speed too high
Infeed depth too small
Highly abrasive material
Inadequate coolant supply
Wrong inclination anvil
Wrong turned dia. prior to threading
Insert is above center line
Reduce RPM
Increase depth of cut
Modify flank infeed
Use coated grade
Apply coolant
Reselect anvil
Check turned dia.
Check center height
Cutting speed too high
Depth of cut too large
Wrong grade
Poor chip control
Inadequate coolant supply
Center height incorrect
Reduce RPM
Reduce depth of cut
Use coated grade
Use tougher grade
Modify flank infeed
Apply coolant
Adjust center height
Excessive heat in cutting zone
Wrong grade
Inadequate coolant supply
Reduce RPM
Reduce depth of cut
Check turned dia.
Use coated grade
Use harder grade
Apply more coolant
Cutting edge too cold
Wrong grade
Inadequate coolant supply
Increase RPM
Increase depth of cut
Use coated grade
Apply coolant
Cutting edge too cold
Depth of cut too large
Wrong grade
Wrong turned dia. prior to threading
Corner height incorrect
Infeed depth too shallow
Wrong inclination anvil
Tool overhang too long
Increase RPM
Reduce depth of cut
Increase number of infeed passes
Use tougher grade
Check turned dia.
Adjust center height
Modify flank infeed
Reselect anvil
Reduce tool overhang
Wrong cutting speed
Excessive heat in cutting zone
Poor chip control
Inadequate coolant supply
Wrong inclination anvil
Tool overhang too long
Center height incorrect
Increase RPM
Reduce RPM
Reduce depth of cut
Modify flank infeed
Apply coolant
Reselect anvil
Reduce tool overhang
Check center height
Excessive heat in cutting zone
Wrong grade
Inadequate coolant supply
Wrong turned dia. prior to threading
Reduce RPM
Change depth of cut
Check turned dia.
Use coated grade
Check turned dia.
Use M-type insert
Apply coolant
Check turned dia.
Premature wear
Plastic deformation
Chipped edge
Built-up edge
Broken nose
during 1
st
pass
Poor surface finish
Poor chip control
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TC TC
TS-THREAD solid carbide tool
Features
- More futes in relation to cutting diameter, spiral futes reduce cutting forces
- Sharp ground helical cutting edges
- Low cutting forces
- Short machining time
- Thread diameter accuracy adjustment
- Thread milling next to bottom of blind hole
- Bottom thread relief not required
- Excellent and controlled thread surface fnish
- No problem with broken taps
- One tool is suitable for various thread milling profle
- Easy and effcient machining for thread milling on CNC milling centers
- Threading of asymmetric parts
- Large variety of tool diameters
Diameter range
- Metric: 0.72-25 mm
TS-THREAD TMTSR tool with indexable inserts
Features
- Dovetail pocket design absorbs and carries high cutting forces and high rigidity
- Large variety of thread forms and standards
- Most inserts are double-sided with two cutting edges
- Enables production of precision threads on CNC milling machines and machining centers, using helical
interpolation programs
- For internal or external threads that are not located on the rotation axis of the part
- For precision threading
- Prevents chip jamming, which commonly occurs when tapping
- Cost advantage over tapping for large diameters
- Eliminates regrinding
- A single insert can be used for many diameters with the same pitch, for right or left thread
- Tapered threads do not require taper reaming
- Eliminates the removal of broken taps in holes
Diameter range
- Endmills
Metric: 9.5-50 mm
- Shell mills
Metric: 63-100 mm
Insert sizes
- 12, 14, 21, 30, 40mm
Basic Infomation
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TC TC
TS-THREAD TMTSRH tool with long helical indexable inserts is
the ultimate solution for very fast and efficient thread milling
Features
- The helical inserts engage with the workpiece smoothly and exert lower cutting forces and reduce vibration,
when compared with straight, negative axial tools
- Enables machining at very high feeds and produces a high quality surface fnish
- Simple and very convenient screw clamping mechanism makes insert indexing accurate and user-friendly
- By using these tools, thread production time can be very short
Diameter range
- Metric: 23-63 mm
Insert sizes
- 27mm for tool diameter 23mm
- 32mm for tool diameter 32mm
- 37mm for tool diameter 45mm
- 38mm for tool diameter 63mm
Basic Infomation
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TC TC
Thread milling CNC program for internal thread
Right-hand thread (climb milling) from bottom up.
Program is based on tool center.
This method of programming needs no tool radius compensation value, other than an offset for wear.
A = Radius of tool path
A= Do = Major thread diameter
D = Cutting diameter
General program
G90 G00 G54 G43 H1X0 Y0 Z10 S...
G00 Z-(to thread depth)
G01 G91 G41 D1 X(A/2) Y-(A/2) Z0 F...
G03 X(A/2) Y(A/2) R(A/2) Z(1/8 pitch)
G03 X0 Y0 I-(A) J0 Z(pitch)
G03 X-(A/2) Y(A/2) R(A/2) Z(1/8 pitch)
G01 G40 X-(A/2) Y-(A/2) Z0
G90 X0 Y0 Z0
Internal thread
Example: M 48x2.0 IN-RH (Thread depth 25mm)
Too holder: TMTSR0029 J30 (Cutting dia. 29mm)
Insert: TMT30 I2.0 ISO
A=(Do-D)/2=(48-29)/2=9.5
A/2=4.75
(Tool compensation of radius=0)
G90 G0 G54 G43 G17 H1X0 Y0 Z10 S1320
G0 Z-25
G01 G91 G41 D1X 4.75 Y-4.75 Z0 F41
G03 X4.75 Y4.75 R4.75 Z0.25
G03 X0 Y0 I-9.5 J0 Z2.0
G03 X-4.75 Y4.75 R4.75 Z0.25
G01 G40 X-4.75 Y-4.75 Z0
G90 G0 X0 Y0 Z0
M30
%

Internal thread External thread
Thread milling operation is applicable
for thread cutting in non-symmetrical parts
utilizing the advantage of helical interpolation
programs on modern machining centers.
Technical Guide
Do-D
2
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TC TC
Technical Guide
TMTECS small diameter, short solid carbide thread mills
- The TMTECS solid carbide thread mills are used for the production of small internal threads. These thread mills
feature a short 3-tooth cutting zone with 3 futes and a released neck between the cutting zone and the shank.
- This unique tool design offers very precise profles and a high performance TT9030 submicron carbide grade
with PVD titanium aluminum nitride coating. The very short profle exerts a low force which minimizes tool bending.
This facilitates parallel and high thread precision for the entire length.
- Compared to taps, the TS-THREAD is more accurate, thread machining is substantially faster
and there is no danger of a broken tap being stuck in the hole.
Thread mill vs. Tap
Features
- Minimum thread size: M1.4x0.3 (1.1mm bore diameter) up to M20x2.50
- 2xD and 3xD threading lengths
- High cutting speeds
- Short cycle time
- Low cutting forces due to the short contact profle
resulting in accurate and parallel thread
- Prevents oval threads near thin walls
- No more dealing with broken taps
- Reliable threading in blind holes
- Excellent performance on hardened steel, high temperature alloys
and titanium
Features Solid carbide thread mills Taps
Thread surface quality High Medium
Thread geometry Very accurate Medium
Thread tolerance 4H, 5H, 6H with std. cutter 6H with standard tap, 4H with special tap
Machining time Shorter or same as tap Short
Machining load Very low High
Range of thread diameters Wide range of diameters Specifc tap for each thread size
Right/Left-hand threading Same cutter Specifc tap for right- and left-hand
Geometric shape Full profle Partial profle
D
13
D
12
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13 12
TC TC
Technical Guide
Starting
point
Center
location
Tangential arc
engagement
Thread
milling
Tangential
arc exit
End
point
Thread milling - recommended procedure
TMTECS small diameter, short solid carbide thread mills
D
13
D
12
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13 12
TC TC
Basic Infomation
Features
Straight flute with spiral point
- Premium HSS-E through hole tap
- Straight fute with spiral point
- Chamfer form B (4-5 threads chamfer)
- Capable up to 3xD thread depth
- Optimized cutting geometry for
universal use in a wide range of materials
- ISO 2-6H tolerance
- Industrial standard
M2-M10: DIN371
M12-M20: DIN376
MF8-MF16: DIN374
Right hand spiral flute, 40
- Premium HSS-E blind hole tap
- Right hand 40 spiral fute
- Chamfer form C (2-3 threads chamfer)
- Capable up to 3xD thread depth
- Optimized cutting geometry for
universal use in a wide range of materials
- ISO 2-6H tolerance
- Industrial standard
M2-M10: DIN371
M12-M20: DIN376
MF8-MF16: DIN374
Shank tolerance h9
Application color ring:
Green for universal use
Grades:
Uncoated,
Steam tempered,
TiN coated
Chamfer form B
: 4-5 threads chamfer
Straight fute:
Lubricant can fow freely
Spiral point:
Pushes chips forward
in tightly rolled shape
Shank tolerance h9
Application color ring:
Green for universal use
40 right hand spiral fute:
Draws chips from blind hole
in coil shape
Grades:
Uncoated,
Steam tempered,
TiN coated
Chamfer form C
: 2-3 threads chamfer
D
15
D
14
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15 14
TC TC
Technical Guide
T-TAP grade
Chamfer
The tap chamfer is the tapering of the threads to distribute cutting action over several teeth.
It generally reduces cutting forces, increases tool life and allows higher cutting speed. When the tap enters the
hole and begins to cut, each tooth in the chamfer gradually enlarges the thread in the part. Only the frst full
thread behind the chamfer produces the fnished size of the thread.
The teeth beyond the frst full thread serve to guide and support the tap as it creates the desired complete
threaded depth of the tapped hole. Chamfer lengths are selected based upon the type of hole to be tapped.
Grades Code Color Characteristics & applications
Uncoated
No Bright metal
Economical choice
Recommended for steel up to max. 800N/mm
2
and non ferrous
materials
Steam tempered
05 Dark black
Ferric oxide layer at the cutting edges protect the surface and
prevent built-up edge
Recommended for mild steels, low carbon steels and stainless steels
TiN coated
10 Gold yellow
PVD titanium nitride layer
High hardness, chemical stability and heat resistance
Longer tool life credit to balanced characteristics
Universal application on a wide range of materials
Application (ISO) P M K N S
Uncoated
Steam tempered
TiN coated
Form A Form B Form C Form D Form E Form F
5-6 Threads 4-5 Threads 2-3 Threads 3.5-5 Threads 1.5-2 Threads 1-1.5 Threads
: Recommended
: Suitable
Long thread chamfer:
- Through hole
- Blind hole with suffcient room at the bottom
Short thread chamfer:
- Thread to the bottom of blind hole
D
15
D
14
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15 14
TC TC
Technical Guide
TaeguTec standard tap chucking system
Quick change & torque safety type provided with tension and compression
Tension & compression with radial floating function
Rigid tap holders
Tap adapter
Collet (ER)
Collet (ER)
ER type tap collet
ER type tap collet
GTIN ER collet
TSK collet
THC collet
TSK collet chuck
ER collet chuck
GTI ER collet chuck
Tap holder
ER collet chuck
GTI tap attachment
D
17
D
16
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17 16
TC TC
Technical Guide
Taps - Technical vocabulary
Letters of dimensions
A = External center d2 = Chamfer diameter l3 = Chamfer length
B = Reduced external center d3 = Neck diameter S = Square size
C = Internal center l1 = Total length a = Square length
D = Major diameter of tap TL = Thread length Kf = Chamfer angle
d = Shank diameter of tap l2 = Effective length

F = Straight futes = Chip angle, side
E = Spiral point fA= Angle of spiral point
G = Right hand spiral p = Chip angle
H = Left hand spiral ha = Chamfer relief
J = Roll tap
d1
d3
d4
A
B
kf
C
d2
l2
l4
l3
l1
l1
l2
l
a
l
d2
D E
hA
H
J
D

fA

f
E
D
17
D
16
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17 16
TC TC
Technical Guide
Tap tolerances (Thread portion of taps)
Extracted from DIN EN 22 857
Female thread profile Profile of tap
E1 = Theoretical aize d-D = Nominal diameter
D = Nominal diameter dmin = Minimum outside diameter
D1 = Nominal core diameter d2 = D2 = Minimum outside diameter
D2 = Flank diameter d2max = Maximum fank diameter
H = Triangular height d2min = Minimum fank diameter
P = Pitch Em = Minimum fank diameter
TD1 = Tolerance of core hole diameter Es = Maximum fank diameter
TD2 = Tolerance of fank diameter Js = Minimum outside diameter
TD2 = Tolerance class 5 of female thread P = Pitch
Tolerance of fank diameter acc. to class 5 t-TD2 = Tolerance class 5 of female thread
a = Thread angle unit of tolerance
Td2 = Tolerance of the fank diameter
Female
Thread
Tol. position
H
Tap
Tolerance class
Female
Thread
Tol. position
G
Tolerance
class of
tap
Area of tolerance of
thread to be cut
According
DIN ISO
4H ISO1 4H 5H - - -
6H ISO2 4G 5G 6H - -
6G ISO3 - - 6G 7H 8H
7G - - - - 7G 8G
P
4
H
8
H
2
El
2
Js
2
Em
2
Es
2
TD2
2
TD2
2
TD1
D2
d2min
d2max
d2
D2
t=TD2
(Dual.5)
El=Null
D2 M10
0.032mm
0.7t 0.5t
0.1t
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1
8G
El
8H
7H
6H
5H
4H
7G
7G
6G
5G
4G
D Nominal size
d=D Nominal size
a
D1
H
P
a
P
4
H
8
H
2
El
2
Js
2
Em
2
Es
2
TD2
2
TD2
2
TD1
D2
d2min
d2max
d2
D2
t=TD2
(Dual.5)
El=Null
D2 M10
0.032mm
0.7t 0.5t
0.1t
Class 3
Class 2
Class 1
8G
El
8H
7H
6H
5H
4H
7G
7G
6G
5G
4G
D Nominal size
d=D Nominal size
a
D1
H
P
a
D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TC TC
Technical Guide
Squares
DIN 10 - 6.97 Tab. 1
Inner squares Outer squares
Chart 1 Nom.
Dim.
Square Cylindrical shaft
Inner square Outer square Diameters Preferred diameter
a a e a l d d
max. min. min. max. min. js 16
(1)
from to
Description of a square with nom.
dimension a = 10mm
Square DIN 10-10
Dimensions in millimeters
(1)
does not apply to tools
activated by hand
2.1 2.260 2.120 2.89 2.100 2.010 5 2.47 2.83 2.5; 2.8
2.4 2.560 2.420 3.27 2.400 2.310 5 2.83 3.20 -
2.7 2.860 2.720 3.67 2.700 2.610 6 3.20 3.60 3.5
3.0 3.160 3.020 4.08 3.000 2.910 6 3.60 4.01 4
3.4 3.610 3.430 4.60 3.400 3.280 6 4.01 4.53 4.5
3.8 4.010 3.830 5.15 3.800 3.680 7 4.53 5.08 5
4.3 4.510 4.330 5.86 4.300 4.180 7 5.08 5.79 5.5
4.9 5.110 4.930 6.61 4.900 4.780 8 5.79 6.53 6
5.5 5.710 5.530 7.41 5.500 5.380 8 6.53 7.33 7
6.2 6.460 6.240 8.35 6.200 6.050 9 7.33 8.27 8
7 7.260 7.040 9.54 7.000 6.850 10 8.27 9.46 9
8 8.260 8.040 10.77 8.000 7.850 11 9.46 10.67 10
9 9.260 9.040 12.10 9.000 8.850 12 10.67 12.00 11; 12
10 10.260 10.040 13.43 10.000 9.850 13 12.00 13.33 -
11 11.320 11.050 14.77 11.000 10.820 14 13.33 14.67 14
12 12.320 12.050 16.10 12.000 11.820 15 14.67 16.00 16
13 13.320 13.050 17.43 13.000 12.820 16 16.00 17.33 -
14.5 14.820 14.550 19.44 14.500 14.320 17 17.33 19.33 18
16 16.320 16.050 21.44 16.000 15.820 19 19.33 21.33 20
18 18.320 18.050 24.11 18.000 17.820 21 21.33 24.00 22
20 20.395 20.065 26.78 20.000 19.790 23 24.00 26.67 25
22 22.395 22.065 29.44 22.000 21.790 25 26.67 29.33 28
24 24.395 24.065 32.12 24.000 23.790 27 29.33 32.00 32
26 26.395 26.065 34.79 26.000 25.790 29 32.00 34.67 -
29 29.395 29.065 38.79 29.000 28.790 32 34.67 38.67 36
32 32.470 32.080 42.80 32.000 31.750 35 38.67 42.67 40
35 35.470 35.080 46.80 35.000 34.750 38 42.67 46.67 45
39 39.470 39.080 52.20 39.000 38.750 42 46.67 52.06 50
44 44.470 44.080 58.81 44.000 43.750 47 52.06 58.67 56
49 49.470 49.080 65.48 49.000 48.750 52 58.67 65.33 63
55 55.560 55.100 73.48 55.000 54.700 58 65.33 73.33 70
61 61.560 61.100 81.50 61.000 60.700 64 73.33 81.33 80
68 68.560 68.100 90.83 68.000 67.700 71 81.33 90.66 90
76 76.560 76.100 101.51 76.000 75.700 79 90.66 101.33 100
e
a
a
A
A
45
I
e
a
a
A
A
45
I
D
19
D
18
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19 18
TC TC
Trouble Shooting Guide
Problems Causes Solutions
Thread too big
- Wrong tool type
- Cutting edge not suited for the material
- Select the correct tool for both hole and
material types for the hole type and material
- Galling on tap fanks
- Optimize lubrication
- Work with coated tool
- Diameter of core hole too small,
tool cuts with the core
- Select correct core hole diameter as per
the TaeguTec chart
- Accumulated chipping
- Blind hole: Select correct tap (spiral tap)
- Through hole: Select correct tap (spiral point)
- Wrong angle or false positioning of
the core hole
- Change tool chucking, use chuck with
centerline pendulum
- Tolerance tap to gauge not correctly
matched
- Select tool with correct tool tolerance
Thread too narrow
- Tolerance tap to gauge not correctly
matched
- Select tool with correct tool tolerance
- Incorrect tool type
- Select the correct tool for both hole and
material types
Thread is
cut axially
- Pressure of chuck too high or too low - Select correct pressure
- Incorrect pressure
- Use chucking with length compensation
- Work with routing cartridge
- Select correct tool type
Distortion of pitch
(Go-side of gauge cannot be
inserted all the way)
- Tap does not cut with correct pitch
- Select correct tool
- Select correct chuck pressure
Thread with
preamplitude
- Incorrect pressure
- Chucking with length compensation
- Work with routing cartridge
- Select correct tool type
Rough tool surface
- Wrong tool type - Choose correct tool
- Chip congestion - See "problems of thread too big"
- Core hole diameter too small
- Select correct core hole diameter as per
the TaeguTec chart
- Galling on tap fanks
- Use coated taps
- Optimize lubrication
- Cutting speed is too low - Change to higher cutting speed
Tool life not as
expected
- Cutting speed too high or too low - Select cutting speed from TaeguTec chart
- Lubrication insuffcient,
wrong consistency
- Provide correct lubrication
- High abrasion due to a lack of coating
or incorrect coating
- Pay attention to TaeguTec recommendations
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Holemaking
TOPDRILL TD3
T-DRILL TD4
T-DEEP(HFD) TD10
DRILLRUSH TD15
DRILLRUSH for Pre-Thread Hole TD18
Chamfering Tool TD19
H-DRILL TD27
TOPCAP TD33
T-DEEP TD39
T-REAM TD47

Indexable drill nomenclature

Optimal chip shape

Calculating cutting conditions


Optimal chips from outer insert Optimal chips from inner insert
Too loose Too short
Shank length
Flange dia.
Inner insert
Outer insert
Total length
Effective cutting depth
Dia.
Shank
dia.
When calculating cutting speed
from number of revolutions
When calculating number of
revolutions from cutting speed
Calculation of table feed
F = fn(mm/min)
- F : Table feed (mm/min)
- f : feed (mm/rev)
- n : Revolution per minute(rev/min)
n
D
n
F
f
n
D
n
F
f
Vc = Dn/1000 (m/min)
n = 1000Vc/D (rev/min)
- Vc : Cutting speed (m/min)
- D : Drill diameter (mm)
- : 3.14
- n : Revolution per minute (rev/min)
Nomenclature and Cutting Data
Indexable Drill
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
2
TD

Features

Coolant volume

Maximum radial adjustment (Stationary drilling)

Hole tolerance (Based on stable conditions)


- 4 cornered economical insert design
- The same insert is applicable for both internal and external pocket
- Improved machinability due to ideally configured cutting edge
- Applicable to most materials including low carbon and mild steel
- Helix flute geometry by twisted coolant channels enabling excellent chip evacuation
and high precision hole operation
- Enhanced inserts durability with new grade (TT9080)
Drill
diameter
Insert Radial shift
Max' hole
()
14
SOMT
050204 DP
0.5 15.0
15 0.4 15.8
16 0.3 16.6
17
SOMT
060204 DP
0.5 18.0
18 0.4 18.8
19 0.3 19.6
20
SOMT
070306 DP
0.5 21.0
21 0.4 21.8
22 0.3 22.6
23
SOMT
08T306 DP
0.5 24.0
24 0.5 25.0
25 0.4 25.8
26 0.3 26.6
27
SOMT 0
9T308 DP
0.5 28.0
28 0.5 29.0
29 0.5 30.0
30 0.5 31.0
31 0.3 31.6
Drill
diameter
Insert Radial shift
Max' hole
()
32
SOMT
11T308 DP
0.5 33.0
33 0.5 34.0
34 0.5 35.0
35 0.5 36.0
36 0.4 36.8
37
SOMT
130408 DP
0.5 38.0
38 0.5 39.0
39 0.5 40.0
40 0.5 41.0
41 0.5 42.0
42 0.5 43.0
43 0.5 44.0
44
SOMT
150510 DP
0.5 45.0
45 0.5 46.0
46 0.5 47.0
47 0.5 48.0
48 0.5 49.0
49 0.5 50.0
50 0.5 51.0









C
o
o
l
a
n
t

f
o
w

r
a
t
e

(
l
/
m
i
n
)

Drill diameter (mm)
14 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
4xD
5xD
3xD
2xD
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
Depth of drilling Hole tolerance(mm)
2xD 0/+0.15
3xD 0/+0.2
Depth of drilling Hole tolerance(mm)
4xD 0/+0.25
5xD 0/+0.3
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3
TD
TOPDRILL
T-DRILL

Coolant supply
It is important to ensure that the recommended coolant pressure is applied
- Low pressure can cause vibration and reduced tool life
- The recommended minimum pressure is 4kg/cm
2
for 2xD and 3xD T-Drill
and for the 4xD T-Drill the minimum recommended pressure is 5kg/cm
2

Net power consumption & coolant


Net power consumption Coolant

Trouble shooting
Alloy steel,
Carbon steel
Soft materials
Low carbon steel,
Mild steel, Stainless steel
Long chip
Problems with chip evacuation Solution
speed: speed: feed: feed:
Short or tight chip
Increase coolant pressure
feed: speed:
f = 0.20 (mm/rev)
f = 0.25 (mm/rev)
f = 0.10 (mm/rev)
20
15
10
5
12.5 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Drill diameter (mm)
P
o
w
e
r

(
K
w
)

C
o
o
l
a
n
t

f
o
w

r
a
t
e

(
l
/
m
i
n
)
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 12.5
5xD
4xD
3xD
2xD
Drill diameter (mm)
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
4
TD
T-DRILL
On first hole please retract the drill after drilling to a depth of 3mm - 6mm
and check it has produced a small core within 0.2mm - 0.7mm
If a core is not created: - It can cause insert breakage and vibration when drilling
- Please reverse the drill body 180 degrees in tool post and try again
If core size is a higher than recommended values:
- Please adjust offsets to bring core to correct size
- Failure to do so can cause overload and vibration during drilling
d
(Core Dia: 0.2mm - 0.7mm)
Central Insert
Core size
Initial set up of T-Drill
Precaution:
On a stationary drilling application, there is a risk of
accidents caused by the disc being thrown from the part.
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5
TD

Set-up

Safety precaution

Hole tolerance and maximum hole size with radial adjustment


Drill diameter Insert Radial shift Max hole()
13
SPMG 050204
+0.5 14.0
14 +0.5 15.0
15 +0.5 16.0
16
SPMG 060204
+0.5 17.0
17 +0.5 18.0
18 +0.5 19.0
19 +0.5 20.0
20 +0.5 21.0
21 +0.25 21.5
22
SPMG 07T308
+0.5 23.0
23 +0.5 24.0
24 +0.5 25.0
25 +0.5 26.0
26 +0.25 26.5
27 +0.25 27.5
28
SPMG 090408
+0.5 29.0
29 +0.5 30.0
30 +0.5 31.0
31 +0.25 31.5
32 +0.25 32.5
33 +0.25 33.5
34
SPMG 110408
+0.5 35.0
35 +0.5 36.0
36 +0.5 37.0
37 +0.5 38.0
38 +0.5 39.0
39 +0.5 40.0
40 +0.25 40.5
41 +0.25 41.5
42
SPMG 140512
+0.5 43.0
43 +0.5 44.0
44 +0.5 45.0
45 +0.5 46.0
46 +0.5 47.0
47 +0.5 48.0
48 +0.25 48.5
49 +0.25 49.5
50 +0.25 50.5
Choose the shortest possible drill for best performance and productivity results
Depth of drilling Hole tolerance (mm)
2xD 0/+0.2
3xD 0/+0.25
4xD 0/+0.3
5xD 0/+0.35
Hole tolerance (Based on stable conditions)
Technical Guide
T-DRILL
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
6
TD

Information for setting plates


Thickness
(mm)
Diameter
adjustment
Setting plate
For TDR 07CA For TDR 09CA For TDR 11CA For TDR 12CA
0.5 1.0 TDP-0701 TDP-0901 TDP-1101 TDP-1101
1.0 2.0 TDP-0702 TDP-0902 TDP-1102 TDP-1102
1.5 3.0 - TDP-0903 TDP-1103 TDP-1103
2.0 4.0 - TDP-0904 TDP-1104 TDP-1104
2.5 5.0 - TDP-0905 TDP-1105 TDP-1105
3.0 6.0 - - TDP-1106 TDP-1106
Drill body
Cartridge clamping screw
Washer
Cartridge for
central inserts
Cartridge for peripheral inserts
Setting plate
Setting plate screw
For stable drilling, TaeguTec can supply fixed sized
peripheral cartridges without a setting plate or
alternately a solid drill body without the cartridge
is also available on request.
Technical Guide
T-DRILL
Under the unstable condition, TaeguTec recommend to use the specific peripheral
cartridge for max' diameter drilling
Description
Insert
Diameter range
Inner Outer
TDR 09CA-P1-T62 SPMG 09 SPMG 11 57 - 62
TDR 09CA-P2-T66 SPMG 09 SPMG 11 63 - 66
TDR 11CA-P1-T73 SPMG 11 SPMG 12 67 - 73
TDR 12CA-P2-T80 SPMG 12 SPMG 14 74 - 80
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7
TD

Milling application
Technical Guide
T-DRILL
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
8
TD

Lathe application
On a lathe, the eccentric sleeve can shift the drills axis to coincide with the spindle axis.
The eccentric sleeve enables the user to
align the drills axis with the spindle axis
to within 0.2mm range (turn the sleeve
counter clock wise to raise it).
+
0
.
2
0
LATHE
90
+
0
.2
0
0.0
+0.2
Nominal D
Tool and turret axis coincide
Tool's
axis
0.2
Nominal D +0.2
Turret
axis
On a milling machine the sleeve can change the drills
nominal diameter by shifting the drills axis out of the tool spindle.
Hole dia. 30.4mm
ENLARGE
CW
Hole dia. 30mm
REDUCE
CCW
Hole dia. 29.8mm
To enlarge the diameter,
turn the sleeve clockwise & to reduce the
diameter, turn sleeve counterclockwise
as shown.
Drill diameter: 30mm
90
D+0.4mm
D
D-0.2mm
MILLING
D-0.2
D+0.4

Specific dimensions
Tailor-made Order Form
TOPDRILL
T-DRILL
Drill type
Cylindrical shank (ISO 9766)
Weldon shank
Whistle notch shank
Comment
Indexable Drill
Through Blind
D1 D2
L1 L2
1 2
S
Hole tolerance
Through Blind
D1 L1
1
S
Hole tolerance
Through Blind
D1 D2
L1 L2
1
Hole tolerance
L1
L1
L1
L2
L2

D
1

D
1

D
1

D
2

D
2
S
S
Technical data
Machine type
Workpiece
Part
Material
Hardness
Coolant supply
Shank type
MCT Lathe
Spindle - Vertical Horizontal
Machine name
Power
Kw
Internal External
Coolant pressure bar
Coolant type
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9
TD

Features

Drilling depth depends on diameter

Insert & guide pad


- Easy to use Direct mount
- Cost Reducing Inserts
- Unique design eliminates
chip jamming
- The curved flute design acts
as a chip exhaust
- New solution over 5xD
Large coolant hole
facilitates excellent
coolant supply
Optimal design
to reduce chip jamming
The curved flute design
for good chip exhaust
Drill dia.
L
/
D
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
30.00-30.99 31.00-32.99 33.00-35.99 36.00-38.99 39.00-42.99 43.00-46.99 47.00-52.99 53.00-60.99 61.00-69.00
Tool dia. (mm)
Insert
Guide PAD
Outer Inner Center
30.00-33.00 NPMT 06504 R2 NPMT 06504 R2 NPMT 06504 L2 PAD-GO07CD
33.01-36.00 NPMT 06504 R2 NPMT 06504 R2 NPMT 0804 L2 PAD-GO07CD
36.01-39.00 NPMT 0804 R2 NPMT 06504 R2 NPMT 0804 L2 PAD-GO07CD
39.01-42.00 NPMT 0804 R2 NPMT 0804 R2 NPMT 0804 L2 PAD-GO08CD
42.01-45.00 NPMT 0804 R2 NPMT 0804 R2 NPMT 09504 L2 PAD-GO08CD
45.01-48.00 NPMT 09504 R2 NPMT 0804 R2 NPMT 09504 L2 PAD-GO10CD
48.01-51.00 NPMT 09504 R2 NPMT 09504 R2 NPMT 09504 L2 PAD-GO10CD
51.01-57.00 NPMT 09504 R2 NPMT 09504 R2 NPMT 12504 L2 PAD-GO10CD
57.01-63.00 NPMT 12504 R2 NPMT 09504 R2 NPMT 12504 L2 PAD-GO12CD
63.01-69.00 NPMT 12504 R2 NPMT 12504 R2 NPMT 12504 L2 PAD-GO12CD
Technical Guide
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
10
TD

Pilot hole size

Coolant volume
Tool dia. (mm) Pilot hole tolerance
Pilot hole depth
(mm)
30.00-39.00 H8 Min. 10.0
39.01-45.00 H8 Min. 12.5
45.01-57.00 H8 Min. 15.0
57.01-69.00 H8 Min. 17.5
C
o
o
l
a
n
t

f
o
w

r
a
t
e

(
l
/
m
i
n
)
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Drill diameter (mm)
Technical Guide
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11
TD

Trouble shooting tips


Trouble Shooting
Indexable Drill
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
12
TD
Result Image Cause Solution
Abnormal
insert
wear
Incorrect cutting conditions Reset as per recommended cutting condition
Incorrect insert application
Re-index by insert geometry &
grade as per recommended insert tables
Lack of cutting fuid
Check for suffcient cutting fuid supply
Check for suffcient density of cutting fuid supply
Change to internal coolant supply when
external coolant supply is fnished
Check direction of external coolant supply
Chipping
Insuffcient insert application Change inserts
Built-up-edge Increase cutting speed or change insert geometry
Irregular surface Decrease feed when drilling on the workpiece
Vibration
Weak machine set-up Select a suffcient powered machine
Unstable fxture Change to a stronger clamping fxture
Lack of cutting fuid
Check for suffcient cutting fuid supply
Check for suffcient density of cutting fuid supply
Change to internal coolant supply when
external coolant supply is fnished
Check direction of external coolant supply
Insuffcient cutting condition Re-index to recommended cutting conditions
Chipping of insert Change inserts
Vibration during machining
Check off-set
Use after rotating drill to 180
Using insert with
exceeded tool life
Change insert before abrasion loss
of insert is 0.3mm
Surface too rough Flatten entrance before drilling
Using long overhang drill Select a shorter overhang
Layered workpiece Strong fxture
Using damaged insert Change tool
Improper machine set -up Check machine and fxture
Core
Core created during
machining
Re-index to recommended cutting conditions
Short overhang
Core created with workpiece
clamped into the lathe
Check lathe set-up
Short overhang

Trouble shooting tips


Trouble Shooting
Indexable Drill
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13
TD
STOP
Result Image Cause Solution
Incorrect
hole
diameter
Tapered holes
(expanding/decreased
hole size)
Reset speed and feed as per recommend
cutting conditions
Increase cutting fuid
Check lathe set-up
Adjust off-set in the lathe
Tapered holes
(Different entrance &
exit hole size)
Reset speed and feed as per recommended
cutting conditions
Increase cutting fuid
Short overhang
Overlapped workpiece
(layered plate)
Strong clamping of workpiece
Decrease feed
Poor
surface
roughness
Lack of cutting fuid
Check for suffcient cutting fuid supply
Check for suffcient density of cutting fuid supply
Change external coolant supply for
internal coolant supply
Incorrect insert geometry
& grade
Re-index by insert shape & grade as per
recommended inserts table
Weak machine set-up Check machine set-up
Incorrect cutting conditions
Reset by speed and feed as per
recommended cutting conditions
Decrease feed
Machine
stoppage
Lack of machine torque Decrease the feed
Insert fused to the workpiece
Check clamping of the insert screw
Check cutting fuid supply
Check cutting condition
Chip
jamming
Bad chip control
Check cutting fuid supply
Change external coolant supply to
internal coolant supply
Increase cutting fuid supply
Decrease feed
Increase cutting speed
Incorrect insert geometry
Re-index by insert geometry & grade as per
recommended inserts table
Use of damaged insert Change insert

Drill designation
When calculating cutting speed
from number of revolutions
When calculating number of
revolutions from cutting speed
Calculation of table feed
F = fn(mm/min)
- F : Table feed (mm/min)
- f : feed (mm/rev)
- n : Revolution per minute(rev/min)
Nomenclature and Cutting Data
n = 1000Vc/D (rev/min)
&
H-DRILL
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
14
TD
Helix angle
Hardened materials
(Inconel, Titanium, etc.)
Soft materials
(Al, Copper, etc.)
Flute length
Determined by the cutting depth, however, the length must be as short as
possible due to tool life issues
Point angle
In general 140
For soft and easier
cutting materials
Hardened and high efficiency
cutting materials
Margin
The role of the drill guide will cause friction during drilling operation
Bad guide
Good guide
Load Jiggle

Cutting features according to drill geometry conditions

Calculating cutting conditions


Lead
Back taper
Shank length Flute length
Total length
Effective cutting depth
Helix
angle
Dia.
Point
angle
Shank
dia.
Edge height
Recess
Web thickness
Oil hole Margin
Chisel
Thinning
Main
edge
Second
relief angle
First relief angle
Helix angle Small Large
Point angle Small Large
Margin width Small Large

n
D
n
f
F
Vc = Dn/1000(m/min)
- Vc : Cutting speed (m/min)
- D : Drill diameter (mm)
- : 3.14
- n : Revolution per minute (rev/min)
Wear limit Power restriction
Vibration noise
drastically increases
Ra
Surface Finish Declines
> D nominal + 0.15mm
< D nominal - 0.03mm
D nominal
Diameter Change
Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

(2)

Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

New drilling head
(2)

Worn-out drilling head
Px.1.25
(2)
Vibration Noise
Drastically Increases
10 12 14 16 20
3
5
8
10
12
3 X D
5 X D
8 X D
15
8 12 16 20 25
30
20
10
5
Drill Diameter D (mm)
S!lOCll orills car be iseo cr slcpeo sirIaces ip Ic G. Vrer orillirg slcpeo
sirIaces cI rcre Irar G, reoice Ieeo by 3U-5U% oirirg pereIraIicr cI ip Ic 5 rr oepIr, cr ise
a spcI cr pre-rcle orill Ic avcio orill oeviaIicr cr pccr orill perIcrrarce.
P
(1)
0.2-0.3
Ra
Surface Finish Declines
> D nominal + 0.15mm
< D nominal - 0.03mm
D nominal
Diameter Change
Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

(2)

Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

New drilling head
(2)

Worn-out drilling head
Px.1.25
(2)
Vibration Noise
Drastically Increases
10 12 14 16 20
3
5
8
10
12
3 X D
5 X D
8 X D
15
8 12 16 20 25
30
20
10
5
Drill Diameter D (mm)
S!lOCll orills car be iseo cr slcpeo sirIaces ip Ic G. Vrer orillirg slcpeo
sirIaces cI rcre Irar G, reoice Ieeo by 3U-5U% oirirg pereIraIicr cI ip Ic 5 rr oepIr, cr ise
a spcI cr pre-rcle orill Ic avcio orill oeviaIicr cr pccr orill perIcrrarce.
P
(1)
Ra
Surface Finish Declines
> D nominal + 0.15mm
< D nominal - 0.03mm
D nominal
Diameter Change
Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

(2)

Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

New drilling head
(2)

Worn-out drilling head
Px.1.25
(2)
Vibration Noise
Drastically Increases
10 12 14 16 20
3
5
8
10
12
3 X D
5 X D
8 X D
15
8 12 16 20 25
30
20
10
5
Drill Diameter D (mm)
S!lOCll orills car be iseo cr slcpeo sirIaces ip Ic G. Vrer orillirg slcpeo
sirIaces cI rcre Irar G, reoice Ieeo by 3U-5U% oirirg pereIraIicr cI ip Ic 5 rr oepIr, cr ise
a spcI cr pre-rcle orill Ic avcio orill oeviaIicr cr pccr orill perIcrrarce.
P
(1)

Indication of head wear

Maximum runout

Set-up
Drilling head mounting procedure
Clean the pocket and put oil Mount the drill head
on the pocket
Insert key into the slot head Tighten the head by rotating the
key clockwise
Surface finish declines
Diameter change
Rotational runout Stationary runout
Max 0.02mm
Max 0.02mm
(1)
New drilling head
(2)
Worn-out drilling head
Ra
Surface Finish Declines
> D nominal + 0.15mm
< D nominal - 0.03mm
D nominal
Diameter Change
Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

(2)

Power Restriction Wear Limit
(1)

New drilling head
(2)

Worn-out drilling head
Px.1.25
(2)
Vibration Noise
Drastically Increases
10 12 14 16 20
3
5
8
10
12
3 X D
5 X D
8 X D
15
8 12 16 20 25
30
20
10
5
Drill Diameter D (mm)
S!lOCll orills car be iseo cr slcpeo sirIaces ip Ic G. Vrer orillirg slcpeo
sirIaces cI rcre Irar G, reoice Ieeo by 3U-5U% oirirg pereIraIicr cI ip Ic 5 rr oepIr, cr ise
a spcI cr pre-rcle orill Ic avcio orill oeviaIicr cr pccr orill perIcrrarce.
P
(1)
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15
TD

Coolant recommendations (Lathe)

Coolant recommendations (Machining center)


Internal coolant External coolant
(up to 2xD)
Dry cutting
C
o
o
l
a
n
t

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

(
b
a
r
)
(bar)
7 12 16 20 25
30
20
10
5
7 12 16 20 25
5
3
8
10
12
15
3xD
1.5xD
5xD
8xD / 12xD
Drill diameter D (mm) Drill diameter D (mm)
C
o
o
l
a
n
t

f
o
w

r
a
t
e

(
l
i
t
e
r
/
m
i
n
)
(liter/min)
7 12 16 20 25
30
20
10
5
7 12 16 20 25
5
3
8
10
12
15
3xD
1.5xD
5xD
8xD / 12xD
Drill diameter D (mm) Drill diameter D (mm)
fow
rate

Recommended coolant pressure and flow rate


External
coolant
(Up to 2xD)
Dry cutting Internal
coolant
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
16
TD

Drilling limitation

Recommended procedure for long drills like 8xD, 12xD


1. Prior to using long drills like 8xD, 12xD, it is recommended to drill pilot holes from
0.5xD~1.5xD using a short drill (DRILLRUSH 1.5xD holder is recommended)
2. Approach the pre-hole at reduced speed and feed until 2~5mm from bottom
3. Apply coolant for 2~3 seconds and increase up to recommended speed and feed rate
4. Start drilling at the recommended feed rate
Inclined surface Cross hole Interrupted cutting
Activate the
cooling system
for 2~3 seconds

0.5xD
~
1.5xD

Continue drilling
at recommended
cutting conditions
8xD
12xD

2~5mm from
bottom of hole

Slow rotation
and feed during
entrance to the
pre-hole
Pre-hole drilling
with 0.5xD
~
1.5xD
deep for
centering
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17
TD
Drill body
- Cost effective solution that replaces the high cost of special solid carbide step drills
- A twisted through coolant channel for smooth chip evacuation & high penetration rates
- Two symmetrically designed standard chamfering inserts firmly seated for optimal
performance via balanced cutting
- Eliminates the need for solid carbide drill regrinding
Insert
- Widely capable AOMT insert is designed for both chamfering and counter boring
- Indexable inserts include two cutting edges for optimum chip control
- Capable of machining a wide range of workpiece materials
- Inserts specifically designed for both blind and through-hole applications
- Indexable inserts mean economy and flexibility over a wide range of applications

Features

Drilling with chamfer (45)

Drilling with counter boring


Through hole
Through hole
Blind hole
Blind hole
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
18
TD
DRILLRUSH TOPDRILL & T-DRILL
Diameter range Chamfering ring description Diameter range Chamfering ring description
10.0-10.4 CFR D100-A45 - -
10.5-10.9 CFR D105-A45 - -
11.0-11.4 CFR D110-A45 - -
11.5-11.9 CFR D115-A45 - -
12.0-12.4 CFR D120-A45 - -
12.4-12.9 CFR D125-A45 12.5-12.9 CFR D125-A45
13.0-13.4 CFR D130-A45 13.0-13.4 CFR D130-A45
13.5-13.9 CFR D135-A45 13.5-13.9 CFR D135-A45
14.0-14.4 CFR D140-A45 14.0-14.4 CFR D140-A45
14.5-14.9 CFR D145-A45 14.5-14.9 CFR D145-A45
15.0-15.9 CFR D150-A45 15.0-15.4 CFR D150-A45
16.0-16.9 CFR D160-A45 15.5-16.4 CFR D160-A45
17.0-17.9 CFR D170-A45 16.5-17.4 CFR D170-A45
18.0-18.9 CFR D180-A45 17.5-18.4 CFR D180-A45
19.0-19.9 CFR D190-A45 18.5-19.4 CFR D190-A45
20.0-20.9 CFR D200-A45 19.5-20.4 CFR D200-A45
21.0-21.9 CFR D210-A45 20.5-21.4 CFR D210-A45
22.0-22.9 CFR D220-A45 21.5-22.4 CFR D220-A45
23.0-23.9 CFR D230-A45 22.5-23.4 CFR D230-A45
24.0-24.9 CFR D240-A45 23.5-24.4 CFR D240-A45
25.0-25.9 CFR D250-A45 24.5-25.4 CFR D250-A45
(Available for TOPDRILL & T-DRILL in 3xD, 4xD)

Assembly

Plug for stationary machines


TaeguTec supplies special plugs with an internal thread for coolant connections
used on lathes that can be pressed into the cavity on the back end of the shank.
Item No. Description Shank diameter Internal thread
6102019 PL-TCD-12 12 G 1/16
6102020 PL-TCD-16 16 G 1/16
6102021 PL-TCD-20 20 G 1/8
6102022 PL-TCD-25 25 G 1/8
6102023 PL-TCD-32 32 G 1/8
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19
TD

2. Slide the chamfering ring to


the desired position.

4. Tighten the chamfering ring


and clamp the drill head.

3. Rotate the chamfering ring counterclockwise


until stopper engages the fute edge.

1. Insert the chamfering ring on to the drill body.


The stopper must be inside the fute.

Chamfering Ring

When the chamfering ring is clamped correctly,


the drill flute will be aligned with the chamfering ring flute.
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
20
TD

Stable machining
3. For better insert life, apply external and
internal coolant to the insert.
4. When mounting the chamfering ring, please
ensure that it does not block the coolant.
1. If possible, always use a short holder.
If not, reduce the cutting speed to
minimize vibration.
3xD 5xD
Recommended
2. Mount the chamfering ring as close as
possible to the drill shank when drilling
a through hole.

More than
1mm
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
21
TD

DRILLRUSH
Designation CFR Designation
L
min max
3D
TCD 130-134-16T3-3D CFR D130-A45 19 19
135-139-16T3-3D CFR D135-A45 19 20
140-144-16T3-3D CFR D140-A45 21 22
145-149-16T3-3D CFR D145-A45 22 23
150-159-20T3-3D CFR D150-A45 23 23
160-169-20T3-3D CFR D160-A45 24 25
170-179-20T3-3D CFR D170-A45 26 28
180-189-25T2-3D CFR D180-A45 27 30
190-199-25T2-3D CFR D190-A45 29 33
200-209-25T2-3D CFR D200-A45 30 36
210-219-25T2-3D CFR D210-A45 32 39
220-229-25T2-3D CFR D220-A45 33 42
230-239-32T2-3D CFR D230-A45 35 45
240-249-32T2-3D CFR D240-A45 36 48
250-259-32T2-3D CFR D250-A45 38 51
5D
TCD 100-104-16T3-5D CFR D100-A45 28 28
105-109-16T3-5D CFR D105-A45 29 30
110-114-16T3-5D CFR D110-A45 31 33
115-119-16T3-5D CFR D115-A45 32 35
120-124-16T3-5D CFR D120-A45 33 45
125-129-16T3-5D CFR D125-A45 34 40
130-134-16T3-5D CFR D130-A45 36 43
135-139-16T3-5D CFR D135-A45 37 43
140-144-16T3-5D CFR D140-A45 38 48
145-149-16T3-5D CFR D145-A45 39 48
150-159-20T3-5D CFR D150-A45 41 53
160-169-20T3-5D CFR D160-A45 43 58
170-179-20T3-5D CFR D170-A45 46 63
180-189-25T2-5D CFR D180-A45 48 68
190-199-25T2-5D CFR D190-A45 51 73
200-209-25T2-5D CFR D200-A45 53 78
210-219-25T2-5D CFR D210-A45 56 79
220-229-25T2-5D CFR D220-A45 58 84
230-239-32T2-5D CFR D230-A45 61 89
240-249-32T2-5D CFR D240-A45 63 94
250-259-32T2-5D CFR D250-A45 66 99
8D
TCD 100-104-16T3-8D CFR D100-A45 45 58
105-109-16T3-8D CFR D105-A45 49 62
110-114-16T3-8D CFR D110-A45 49 66
L
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
22
TD
L

DRILLRUSH
Designation CFR Designation
L
min max
8D
TCD 115-119-16T3-8D CFR D115-A45 53 70
120-124-16T3-8D CFR D120-A45 53 74
125-129-16T3-8D CFR D125-A45 57 78
130-134-16T3-8D CFR D130-A45 57 82
135-139-16T3-8D CFR D135-A45 61 84
140-144-16T3-8D CFR D140-A45 61 88
145-149-16T3-8D CFR D145-A45 65 92
150-159-20T3-8D CFR D150-A45 65 96
160-169-20T3-8D CFR D160-A45 69 103
170-179-20T3-8D CFR D170-A45 73 111
180-189-25T2-8D CFR D180-A45 77 118
190-199-25T2-8D CFR D190-A45 81 126
200-209-25T2-8D CFR D200-A45 85 134
210-219-25T2-8D CFR D210-A45 89 142
220-229-25T2-8D CFR D220-A45 93 150
230-239-32T2-8D CFR D230-A45 97 158
240-249-32T2-8D CFR D240-A45 101 166
250-259-32T2-8D CFR D250-A45 105 174
12D
TCD 100-104-16T3-12D CFR D100-A45 75 97
105-109-16T3-12D CFR D105-A45 78 103
110-114-16T3-12D CFR D110-A45 81 109
115-119-16T3-12D CFR D115-A45 84 115
120-124-16T3-12D CFR D120-A45 87 121
125-129-16T3-12D CFR D125-A45 90 127
130-134-16T3-12D CFR D130-A45 93 133
135-139-16T3-12D CFR D135-A45 96 137
140-144-16T3-12D CFR D140-A45 99 143
145-149-16T3-12D CFR D145-A45 102 149
150-159-20T3-12D CFR D150-A45 105 155
160-169-20T3-12D CFR D160-A45 111 166
170-179-20T3-12D CFR D170-A45 117 178
180-189-25T2-12D CFR D180-A45 123 189
190-199-25T2-12D CFR D190-A45 129 201
200-209-25T2-12D CFR D200-A45 135 213
210-219-25T2-12D CFR D210-A45 141 225
220-229-25T2-12D CFR D220-A45 147 237
230-239-32T2-12D CFR D230-A45 153 249
240-249-32T2-12D CFR D240-A45 159 261
250-259-32T2-12D CFR D250-A45 165 273
L
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
23
TD
L

TOPDRILL and T-DRILL


L
TOPDRILL T-DRILL CFR Designation
L
min max
3D
TOP - TDR 3125-20T2-05 CFR D125-A45 16 16
- 3130-20T2-05 CFR D130-A45 16 16
- 3135-20T2-05 CFR D135-A45 17 18
3140-20T2-05 3140-20T2-05 CFR D140-A45 17 18
3145-20T2-05 3145-20T2-05 CFR D145-A45 18 19
3150-20T2-05 3150-20T2-05 CFR D150-A45 18 19
3155-20T2-05 3155-25T2-06 CFR D150-A45 19 21
3160-20T2-05 3160-25T2-06 CFR D160-A45 19 21
3165-25T2-06 3165-25T2-06 CFR D160-A45 21 24
3170-25T2-06 3170-25T2-06 CFR D170-A45 22 24
3175-25T2-06 3175-25T2-06 CFR D170-A45 23 27
3180-25T2-06 3180-25T2-06 CFR D180-A45 23 26
3185-25T2-06 3185-25T2-06 CFR D180-A45 24 29
3190-25T2-06 3190-25T2-06 CFR D190-A45 25 29
3195-25T2-07 3195-25T2-06 CFR D190-A45 25 32
3200-25T2-07 3200-25T2-06 CFR D200-A45 26 32
3205-25T2-07 3205-25T2-06 CFR D200-A45 27 35
3210-25T2-07 3210-25T2-06 CFR D210-A45 27 35
3215-25T2-07 3215-25T2-07 CFR D210-A45 28 38
3220-25T2-07 3220-25T2-07 CFR D220-A45 29 38
3225-25T2-08 3225-25T2-07 CFR D220-A45 29 41
3230-25T2-08 3230-25T2-07 CFR D230-A45 30 41
3235-25T2-08 3235-25T2-07 CFR D230-A45 31 44
3240-25T2-08 3240-25T2-07 CFR D240-A45 31 44
3245-25T2-08 3245-25T2-07 CFR D240-A45 32 47
3250-25T2-08 3250-25T2-07 CFR D250-A45 33 47
4D
TOP - TDR 4125-20T2-05 CFR D125-A45 25 26
- 4130-20T2-05 CFR D130-A45 25 26
- 4135-20T2-05 CFR D135-A45 27 30
4140-20T2-05 4140-20T2-05 CFR D140-A45 28 30
4145-20T2-05 4145-20T2-05 CFR D145-A45 29 34
4150-20T2-05 4150-20T2-05 CFR D150-A45 30 34
4155-20T2-05 4155-25T2-06 CFR D150-A45 31 37
4160-20T2-05 4160-25T2-06 CFR D160-A45 32 37
4165-25T2-06 4165-25T2-06 CFR D160-A45 33 41
4170-25T2-06 4170-25T2-06 CFR D170-A45 34 41
4175-25T2-06 4175-25T2-06 CFR D170-A45 35 45
4180-25T2-06 4180-25T2-06 CFR D180-A45 36 44
4185-25T2-06 4185-25T2-06 CFR D180-A45 37 48
4190-25T2-06 4190-25T2-06 CFR D190-A45 38 48
4195-25T2-07 4195-25T2-06 CFR D190-A45 39 52
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
24
TD
L

TOPDRILL and T-DRILL


L
TOPDRILL T-DRILL CFR Designation
L
min max
4D
TOP 4200-25T2-07 TDR 4200-25T2-06 CFR D200-A45 40 52
4205-25T2-07 4205-25T2-06 CFR D200-A45 41 56
4210-25T2-07 4210-25T2-06 CFR D210-A45 42 56
4215-25T2-07 4215-25T2-07 CFR D210-A45 43 60
4220-25T2-07 4220-25T2-07 CFR D220-A45 44 60
4225-25T2-08 4225-25T2-07 CFR D220-A45 45 64
4230-25T2-08 4230-25T2-07 CFR D230-A45 46 64
4235-25T2-08 4235-25T2-07 CFR D230-A45 47 68
4240-25T2-08 4240-25T2-07 CFR D240-A45 48 68
4245-25T2-08 4245-25T2-07 CFR D240-A45 49 72
4250-25T2-08 4250-25T2-07 CFR D250-A45 50 72
5D
TOP - TDR 5125-20T2-05 CFR D125-A45 31 39
- 5130-20T2-05 CFR D130-A45 33 39
- 5135-20T2-05 CFR D135-A45 34 44
5140-20T2-05 5140-20T2-05 CFR D140-A45 35 44
5145-20T2-05 5145-20T2-05 CFR D145-A45 36 49
5150-20T2-05 5150-20T2-05 CFR D150-A45 38 49
5155-20T2-05 5155-25T2-06 CFR D150-A45 39 53
5160-20T2-05 5160-25T2-06 CFR D160-A45 40 53
5165-25T2-06 5165-25T2-06 CFR D160-A45 41 58
5170-25T2-06 5170-25T2-06 CFR D170-A45 43 58
5175-25T2-06 5175-25T2-06 CFR D170-A45 44 63
5180-25T2-06 5180-25T2-06 CFR D180-A45 45 62
5185-25T2-06 5185-25T2-06 CFR D180-A45 46 67
5190-25T2-06 5190-25T2-06 CFR D190-A45 48 67
5195-25T2-07 5195-25T2-06 CFR D190-A45 49 72
5200-25T2-07 5200-25T2-06 CFR D200-A45 50 72
5205-25T2-07 5205-25T2-06 CFR D200-A45 51 77
5210-25T2-07 5210-25T2-06 CFR D210-A45 53 77
5215-25T2-07 5215-25T2-07 CFR D210-A45 54 82
5220-25T2-07 5220-25T2-07 CFR D220-A45 55 82
5225-25T2-08 5225-25T2-07 CFR D220-A45 56 87
5230-25T2-08 5230-25T2-07 CFR D230-A45 58 87
5235-25T2-08 5235-25T2-07 CFR D230-A45 59 92
5240-25T2-08 5240-25T2-07 CFR D240-A45 60 92
5245-25T2-08 5245-25T2-07 CFR D240-A45 61 97
5250-25T2-08 5250-25T2-07 CFR D250-A45 63 97
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
25
TD
L

Specific dimensions
Tailor-made Order Form
Comment
Technical data
Machine type
Workpiece
Part
Material
Hardness
Coolant supply
Shank dia
Shank length
Through Blind
D1 D2
L1 L2
1 2
S
Hole tolerance
Through Blind
D1 L1
1
S
Hole tolerance
Through Blind
D1 D2
L1 L2
1
Hole tolerance
L1
L1
L1
L2
L2

D
1

D
1

D
1

D
2

D
2
S
S
Shank type
Cylindrical type
Whistle notch type
Cylindrical with flat type
Weldon type
MCT Lathe
Spindle - Vertical Horizontal
Machine name
Power
Kw
Internal External
Coolant pressure bar
Coolant type
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
26
TD

Maximum runout

Unstable drilling conditions


Max 0.02mm
Max 0.02mm
Solid carbide drills should
NOT be used to enlarge
a pre drilled hole
Rotational runout
TaeguTec recommends 30 - 40% reduction of feed when drilling on:
: Bad : Good : Excellent
Recommended external coolant supply
Stationary runout
Slope-Entrance Cross hole
Slope-Exit Stacked plates
5

Maximum slope
for drilling
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27
TD
H-DRILL

Stable drilling with low cutting force


Thrust force
Moment
Thrust force
Moment
- Drill size : 12.0mm
- Material : SAE 4140
- Speed : 100(m/min)
- feed : 0.25(mm/rev)
- Depth : 60(mm)
- Internal coolant supply, through hole
H-DRILL
4500
3500
2500
1500
500
-500
Competitor
4500
3500
2500
1500
500
-500

Recommended coolant pressure and volume


C
o
o
l
a
n
t

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

P
(
b
a
r
)
C
o
o
l
a
n
t

v
o
l
u
m
e

V
(
l
/
m
i
n
)
Tool diameter d(mm)
Required coolant pressure
Optimum pressure
Good pressure
Minimum pressure
Required coolant volume
Optimum volume
Good volume
Minimum volume
Technical Guide
H-DRILL
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
28
TD

Regrinding instructions
1
1
0.02mm
Set up the drill in a
collet chuck - the total
run out must not
exceed 0.02mm
Clamping
Set the drill for point angle (140) and
1st clearance angle (10-17)
Keep the cutting edge in the horizontal plane
Grind the 1st clearance angle to a depth of
0.02 - 0.03mm, try spark-out 2 - 3 times
to keep the lip height within 0.02mm
when finishing
Grinding for 1st clearance angle
Set the drill for 2nd clearance angle
(25 - 30)
Grind the 2nd clearance faces of both
cutting edges one by one in order to
make the intersection between the
1st and 2nd clearance parallel with
cutting edge
Grinding for 2nd clearance angle
Thinning
Keep workhead horizontal
Using height gauge, keep two corners of
cutting edge horizontal
Rotate the drill to 50- 70 to keep the
chisel edge vertical
Set wheel location for thinning to 30- 50 with reference to drill axis
Edge part of thinning must be away from drill center by 0.04 - 0.07mm
Honing
After making negaland as shown,
finish with diamond hand lapper
Tool life can be affected by the surface roughness of negaland
Make uniform width of negaland
Use very fine hand stone (#1500)
SHO, SHD : 0.03 - 0.08mm
BHD : 0.06 - 0.08mm
Negaland width:
Check point Recommendation
Is the lip height within 0.02mm?
Is there any defect in cutting edge?
Is the negaland fine and uniform?
Recommend wet grinding
Diamond wheel: 250 - 400mesh
Diamond file: 140mesh
Diamond hand lapper: 800 - 1500mesh
5
0

-
7
0

Sharp corner
0.04 - 0.07
0
.
0
5

-

0
.
2
5
Technical Guide
H-DRILL
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
29
TD
5
0

-
7
0

Specific dimensions
Tailor-made Order Form
H-DRILL
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
30
TD
Comment
D1: d:
d:
L1:
L1:
L:
L2: LS:
L:
LS:
A1:
D1:
D2:
A1: A2:
* D1, D2

would be hole dimensions and please note hole tolerance if possible
Blind hole
Through hole
TiAlN
Non-coated
Hole type
Coating
Shank type
Technical data
Machine type
Workpiece
Part
Material
Hardness
Coolant supply
MCT Lathe
Spindle - Vertical Horizontal
Machine name
Power
Kw
Internal External
Coolant pressure bar
Coolant type
Cylindrical type
Whistle notch type
Cylindrical with flat type
Weldon type
Trouble Shooting

Drilling trouble shooting tips


T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
31
TD
Division Part Image Cause Solution
Chipping Point
Feed too high (hardened material)
Weak drill body
Chisel too small
Lack of honing on chisel part
Unstable fxture
Decrease feed
Reduce overhang and use a center drill
Check chisel
Check honing
Check fxture
Chipping
Cutting
edge
Incorrect cutting conditions
(chipping of built-up-edge)
Weak drill body
Lack of honing on edge part
Insuffcient relief angle
Incorrect grade
Unstable tool holding
Increase cutting speed and decrease feed
Reduce overhang and decrease cutting speed
Check honing
Check relief angle
Change grade
Change tool holding
Chipping
Edge
corner
Improper grade
Unstable toolholder
Toolholder vibration
Lack of cutting fuid
Unstable fxture
Change grade
Change toolholder
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Increase cutting fluid supply
Check fixture
Chipping Margin
Interrupted cutting in the hole entrance
Incorrect margin shape
Weak drill body
Lack of cutting fuid
Unstable fxture
Wear too large
Flatten entrance and reduce feed to 30~50%
large back taper and small margin width
Short overhang and use a center drill
Increase cutting fluid supply
Check fixture
Reduce regrinding time
Breakage Body
Cutting conditions too high
Weak drill body
Lack of cutting fuid
Unstable fxture
Wear too large & frst chipping
Bad chip evacuation
Decrease cutting speed and feed
Correct tool geometry and use a center drill
Increase cutting fuid supply
Check fxture
Reduce regrinding time
Change tool shape
Wear too
large
Cutting
edge
Incorrect speed and feed
Incorrect relief angle
Incorrect grade
Lack of cutting fuid
Wear too large
Reduce cutting speed and increase feed
Increase relief angle
Change grade
Increase cutting fuid supply and fll fuid tank
Reduce regrinding time
Wear too
large
Cutting
corner
High cutting speed and feed
Incorrect relief angle
Incorrect grade
Toolholder vibration
Lack of cutting fuid
Wear too large
Reduce cutting speed and increase feed
Increase relief angle
Change grade
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Increase cutting fuid supply and fll fuid tank
Reduce regrinding time
Wear too
large
Margin
Cutting speed too high
Interrupted cutting in entrance
Toolholder vibration
Lack of cutting fluid
Wear too large
Decrease cutting speed
Flatten entrance and reduce feed to 30~50%
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Increase cutting fluid supply and fill fluid tank
Reduce regrinding time
Built-up-
edge
Cutting
edge
Cutting speed too low
Neg. land too large
Lack of cutting fluid
Increase cutting speed
Change to a sharper edge drill bit
Increase cutting fluid supply and fill fluid tank
(Internal coolant)
Pre check list
Proper tool selection in the application?
Good machine spindle and chuck?
Good fixture?
Correct cutting conditions?
Toolholder rigidly clamped ?
Enough cutting fluid supply?
Trouble Shooting
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
32
TD

Drilling trouble shooting tips


Division Part Cause Solution
Dimension
Expanding
hole
Incorrect speed & feed
Chisel wear too large
Improper point shape
Chuck weakness
Toolholder vibration
(including chisel jiggle)
Cutting fuid pressure too high
Chip pecking
Increase speed and decrease feed
Reduce regrinding time
Select correct geometry &
grind to proper dimensions
Change tool holding
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Decrease cutting fuid
Change cutting conditions
Dimension
Decreasing
hole
Incorrect cutting conditions Increase speed and increase the feed
Dimension Jiggle
Margin wear too large
Toolholder vibration
Lack of cutting fuid
Unstable fxture
Reduce regrinding time
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Increase cutting fluid supply
Check fixture
Position
Incorrect cutting conditions
Cutting rough and hard Inclined
entrance
Toolholder vibration
Chuck weakness
No pre hole
Decrease feed
Flatten entrance and reduce feed to 30~50%
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Change toolholder
Pre hole(use drill with higher point angle 5~10)
Shape Straightness
Wear too large
Weak drill body
Toolholder vibration
(including chisel jiggle)
Rough entrance surface
Unstable fxture
Chip pecking
Reduce regrinding time
Select proper tool geometry
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Flatten entrance and make pre-hole
Check fxture
Change cutting conditions
Shape Roundness
Wear too large
Insuffcient relief angle
Weak drill body
Toolholder vibration
(including chisel jiggle)
Reduce regrinding time
Decrease relief angle
Select proper tool geometry
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Shape Cylind-ricity
Incorrect cutting conditions
Margin wear too large
Toolholder vibration
(including chisel jiggle)
Increase feed
Reduce regrinding time
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Surface
roughness
Incorrect cutting conditions
Wear too large
Toolholder vibration
Chuck weakness
Lack of cutting fluid
Chip pecking
Increase speed and decrease feed
Reduce regrinding time
Check clamping direction of the toolholder
Change tool holding
Increase cutting fluid supply and fill fluid tank
Change cutting conditions
Chip control
Long chip
Stretched chip
Increase feed and select proper
tool geometry
Check honing size and chipping
and breakage
Jiggle
Relief angle too large
weak drill body
Chip pecking
Decrease relief angle
Select proper tool geometry
Change cutting conditions

Multi-function system

Application

Features
- Drilling, boring and turning with one tool
- Short set-up and cycle time
- Minimized tool positions and reduced tooling cost
- Internal coolant supply
- Helical flute for smooth chip flow
- Large chip gullet for good chip evacuation
- Two different unique geometries for drilling and turning
- High helix cutting edge to minimize cutting forces
- Excellent chip control at low feed and small d.o.c.
Grooving
New application
TOPCAP application
Face
turning
For turning
For drilling
Technical Guide
External
turning
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
33
TD
Drilling
Face &
external turning
Boring
Conventional
Drilling Boring
TOPCAP
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
34
TD

Technical information
Correct Correct Wrong
Cutting edge for drilling
Insert positioning
Coolant pressure
Optimization of chip shape
Set-up
Cutting edge for drilling should be positioned in the center of tool body.
Pressure must be above 2 bar in 3xD drills, regardless of drilling diameter. (Optimal pressure is above 5 bar)
Material with low carbon content (low carbon steel / low carbon alloy steel)
- High speed machining is recommended to make the chips thinner as many problems are caused by thick chips
Material with medium to high carbon content (carbon steel / alloy steel)
-If too tight? Increase speed if the speed is slow or reduce feed
-If too loose? Reduce speed if the speed is high or increase feed
Core
/2
Please check formation of core and its size after drilling 3mm to 6mm depth
and diameter. Core should be within 0.15 - 0.45mm.
Please adjust Y-axis of tool body by using clamping unit if it is available
or reverse the tool body 180 and fix it into a turret to check the core again
if clamping unit is not available.
If a core does not appear,
- It can cause breakage of insert and vibration when drilling or turning
If the size of core is over the recommended limit.
- It will cause overload and vibration

TOPCAP

Comparison test results


Surface finish in external turning
Material=SAE 1045 (220BHN)
V=150m/min
f=0.1mm/rev
Ap=0.5mm
Wet cutting
Chip shape in drilling Maker F=0.05mm/rev F=0.10mm/rev
Material=SAE 4140 (220BHN)
Diameter of tool=12mm
V=120m/min
Drilling depth=25mm
Blind hole
Wet cutting
TOPCAP Optimal chips
Competitor
Chips that
occur during
vibration
Hole deviation in drilling
Material=SAE 4140 (220BHN)
Diameter of tool=10mm
V=120m/min
Drilling depth=20mm
Blind hole
Wet cutting
TOPCAP shows less deviation in each feed rate.
H
o
l
e

d
e
v
i
a
t
i
o
n

(
m
m
)
Feed (mm/rev)
f=0.04 f=0.06 f=0.08 f=0.10
0.025
0.02
0.015
0.01
0.005
0
TOPCAP
Competitor
Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m Rz=5.59m
Rz=5.59m
TOPCAP
Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m Rz=11.79m
Competitor
Interference between insert and
workpiece in face turning
Material=SAE 1045 (220BHN)
V=150m/min
f=0.1mm/rev
Ap=0.5mm
Dry cutting
TOPCAP
Competitor
No scratches
Scratch
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
35
TD
Surface finish in drilling
Material=SAE 4140 (220BHN)
Diameter of tool=10mm,
V=120m/min
Drilling depth=20mm
Blind hole
Wet cutting
S
u
r
f
a
c
e

f
i
n
i
s
h

(
R
a
)
f=0.04 f=0.06 f=0.10
TOPCAP
Competitor
TOPCAP

Tool life comparison


Drilling & chamfering on tool steel
Holder: TCAP 14R-2.25D
Insert: XCMT 070304 TC TT9030
Part
Tool body
SAE4340 (34HRC)
Cutting parameters
Drilling: 1200rpm (D=14mm)
f=0.05mm/rev
d.o.c=23mm
Wet cutting
Boring & Chamfering:
V=180m/min
f=0.2mm/rev
Ap=0.5mm
Wet cutting
Tool life (pcs/edge)
40pcs
120pcs
Competitor TT9030
Turning on stainless steel
Holder: TCAP
12R-2.25D
Insert: XCMT 060204 TC TT8020
Material
316 stainless steel (200BHN)
Cutting parameters
V=130m/min
f=0.1mm/rev
Ap=0.7mm
Wet cutting
42min
70min
Competitor TT8020
Tool life (min)
Turning on steel
Holder: TCAP 12R-2.25D
Insert: XCMT 060204 TC TT9030
Material
SAE 4140 (220BHN)
Cutting parameters
V=180m/min
f=0.1mm/rev
Ap=0.7mm
Wet cutting
Tool life (min)
60min
125min
Competitor TT9030
Turning on stainless steel
Holder: TCAP 12R-2.25D
Insert: XCMT 060204 TC
TT9030
Material
GG25 (200BHN)
Cutting parameters
V=180m/min
f=0.1mm/rev
Ap=0.7mm
Wet cutting
Tool life (min)
20min
Competitor TT9030
15min
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
36
TD
TOPCAP

Chip control range

Chip control range for turning operations

Radial adjustment (Off-center drilling)


Alloy steel (AISI: 4140, 220BHN), Vc=120m/min

F
e
e
d

r
a
t
e

(
m
m
/
r
e
v
)
Diameter of tool (mm)
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 32
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.09
0.11
0.12
0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
Carbon steel (220BHN), Vc=150m/min
Feed rate(mm/rev)
D
.
O
.
C
(
m
m
)
5.5
4.5
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4
XCMT 0401
XCMT 0502
XCMT 0602
XCMT 0703
XCMT 0803
XCMT 10T3
XCMT 1304
Radial adjustment is dependent on drill diameter
Holder Drill dia. Dmin Dmax
TCAP 08 - 8 7.86 8.35
TCAP 10 - 10 9.82 10.60
TCAP 12 - 12 11.82 12.60
TCAP 14 - 14 13.80 14.60
TCAP 16 - 16 15.76 16.50
TCAP 20 - 20 19.80 20.60
TCAP 25 - 25 24.80 25.80
TCAP 32 - 32 31.80 33.00
(mm)
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
37
TD
TOPCAP
Substitute the existing solid drill, boring bar and lathe turning holder, the TOPCAP has been purposely
designed to fulfll multi-function machining from drilling to lathe operations.
It is capable of handling various grooving operations by adding a set of uniquely designed inserts and holders.

Application
External grooving External turning Internal grooving Internal turning
- Can use both new and existing inserts
- Cutter protects alternate cutting edge
- Smooth chip evacuation with internal coolant system
- Cost saving holder indexes 2 different insert types

Features
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
38
TD
Vibration None Fair
Chip Good Fair
Surface
roughness

TaeguTec TOPCAP groove Competitor A

Cutting test
- Machine: CNC lathe
- Material: S45C
- Coolant: Internal
- Holder: TCAP 12R-2.25DN-GV
- Insert: XCMT 06R-250020GV TT9030
- Depth: 1.5mm
- Cutting condition: V=120 [m/min],
f=0.1 [mm/rev]
Chip control range for XCMT-GV
Grooving
(Material: SAE4140
(220BHN),
V=120m/min)
F
e
e
d

(
m
m
/
r
e
v
)
XCMT XCMT XCMT XCMT XCMT XCMT XCMT
05-GV 06-GV 07-GV 08-GV 10-GV 13-GV 17-GV
0.3
0.25
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02

Recommended cutting conditions


TOPCAP

Setting instructions for TBTA 3... / 5... / 7... / 9...series


T- DEEP
Setting the diameter when indexing and replacing inserts
STEP 1: Slide the Guide Pad (5) forward as shown in the diagram
- locate the lock screw (5) as shown and tighten
STEP 2: Loosen the adjust screws and the lock screw of the outer cartridge (2)
STEP 3: Firmly push the outer cartridge toward the center of the head
STEP 4: Slightly tighten the lock screw (2) and adjust the diameter with the two adjust screws
STEP 5: When adjustment is completed, firmly tighten the lock screw (2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Adjust screw
1. Head shank
2. Outer cartridge & lock screw
3. Inner cartridge & lock screw
4. Center cartridge & lock screw
5. Guide pad & lock screw
6. Sub guide pad & lockscrew
7. Guide pad protector & lock screw
Replacing inserts:
Clean insert pockets carefully and remove even the smallest foreign particles from insert pocket.
Fasten insert securely in the cartridge and ensure it is completely seated.
Replacing guide pad:
Guide pad pockets are precisely produced and are back tapered, therefore the guide pads may be reversed
and used again when excessive wear occurs on the corner.
Guide pads are ground to size for immediate use.
Special precaution:
Use the correct spanner when attaching or detaching the drill head from boring bar.
Use of a pipe wrench or other improper equipment will permanently damage the drill head shank,
threading and boring bar threads.
Note:
Although lock screws have been treated with an anti-friction lubricant, please re-apply a suitable
anti-friction lubricant regularly to avoid "lock-up".
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
39
TD

Cartridge style drill head diameter setting instruction


In the final inspection, the Drill Head diameter is set and inspected with a master insert.
However, the inserts in the market have a tolerance fluctuation so each time you change or index the insert,
the diameter must be adjusted as per the following method.
Note: When a corner change is made on the insert, it must be adjusted to the correct size
or damage can be caused to the head, body or work piece material.
1. Remove the inner cartridge to avoid interference with the guide screw.
2. The dimensional guide pad must be slid forward to measure the diameter.
Loosen the lock screw and slide the guide pad forward
Retighten the lock screw at the measuring position
3. Measure the diameter with a micrometer.
We recommend setting the tool diameter at h8 tolerance to the cutting diameter.
If the diameter is incorrect, go to step 4 below.
If it's correct, go to step 5 below.
5. Slide the dimensional guide pad back to the original position and
tighten the lock screw.
6. Replace the inner cartridge and tighten the lock screw.
4. Adjust the outer cartridge
First loosen the lock screw of the outer cartridge and then tighten it slightly
Proceed to adjust the diameter, using the 2 adjust screws and
measure with a micrometer
When set to the size, retighten the lock screw.
Recheck the diameter with a micrometer. If it is still out of tolerance,
repeat the procedure from the step
Note : Please check all the lock screws are firmly tightened as they may come loose
if vibration occurs during drilling.
Note : When a corner change is made on the insert, it must be adjusted to correct
size or damage can be caused to the head or workpiece material.
Technical Guide
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
40
TD
1. Remove the inner cartridge to avoid interference with the guide screw.
2. The dimensional guide pad must be slid forward to measure the diameter.
Loosen the lock screw and slide the guide pad forward
Retighten the lock screw at the measuring position
3. Measure the diameter with a micrometer.
We recommend setting the tool diameter at h8 tolerance to the cutting diameter.
If the diameter is incorrect, go to step 4 below.
If it's correct, go to step 5 below.
Note : Please check all the lock screws are firmly tightened as they may come loose
if vibration occurs during drilling.

Recommended coolant volume & pressure

Recommended power(kw) & thrust force


G.P.M(Volume)
Coolant Volume
L/min
Coolant Volume
L/min
( )
( )
Coolant volume (L/min)
Coolant pressure(kgf/cm
2
)
G.P.M(Volume)
Coolant Volume
L/min
Coolant Volume
L/min
( )
( )
Coolant pressure
(kg
f
/cm
2
)
Coolant volume
(L/min)
Diameter (mm)
Diameter (mm)
G.P.M(Volume)
Coolant Volume
L/min
Coolant Volume
L/min
( )
( )
Coolant pressure
(kg
f
/cm
2
)
Coolant volume
(L/min)
Power
Thrust force
G.P.M(Volume)
Coolant Volume
L/min
Coolant Volume
L/min
( )
( )
Alloy steel(HB300)
V=100m, f=0.25mm
Carbon steel(HB200)
V=100m, f=0.25mm
Diameter (mm)
G.P.M(Volume)
Coolant Volume
L/min
Coolant Volume
L/min
( )
( )
Diameter (mm)
Technical Guide
T- DEEP
Carbon steel(HB200)
V=100m, f=0.25mm
Alloy steel(HB300)
V=100m, f=0.25mm
Small diameter
S
m
a
ll d
ia
m
e
te
r
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
41
TD

Grades combination for ISO applications


Grades
ISO Range
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
P
TB20X
TB25X
M
TB25X
TB33X
K
TB27X
N
TB27X
S
TB27X
- Put a request coating No. at the end of grade
TB__3 : TiAlN coated
TB__4 : TiCrAlN coated

Deep hole drilling systems


Single tube system Double tube system
Technical Guide
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
42
TD

Calculation guidelines
Application: BTA & BTS Type
Drill dia: 12.6 - 65.0mm
Hole tolerance: IT9
Surface finish: Ra 2m
Coolant: Neat or soluble oil
Nominal drill dia = Min hole dia + 2/3 X (Max hole dia - Min hole dia)
Max hole dia - Tool dia>0.05mm
Finish ground to the desired diameter to tolerance ISO h6.
*Normally the drill diameter is set at the lower limit plus (+) two thirds (2/3) of the tolerance.
h6 Tolerance on drill head
M
i
n

h
o
l
e

d
i
a
N
o
m
i
n
a
l

d
r
i
l
l

d
i
a
M
a
x

h
o
l
e

d
i
a
Bushing
}
Oversize of hole
G6 Tolerance guide bush
Guide bush dia (mm) Tolerance (mm)
10.01-18.0 +0.006 - +0.017
18.01-30.0 +0.007 - +0.020
30.01-50.0 +0.009 - +0.025
50.01-65.0 +0.010 - +0.029
Drill dia (mm) Tolerance (mm)
10.01-18.0 -0.006 - 0
18.01-30.0 -0.013 - 0
30.01-50.0 -0.016 - 0
50.01-65.0 -0.019 - 0
G6 tolerance (for guide bush)
h6 tolerance (for drill dia)
Technical Guide
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
43
TD
No. Problem Causes Solutions
1
Chips
too small
Improper cutting conditions
Chip breaker or CB radius too small and deep
Faulty tool geometry
Misalignment of shank and spindle
Material variation
Loose or oversize guide bushes
Poor starting conditions (workpiece not centered)
Adjust speed and feed
Amend chip breaker
Use correct geometry
Correct misalignment
Try to adjust by altering speeds and feeds
Change bushing
Center workpiece
2
Chips
too large
Improper cutting conditions
Chip breaker or CB radius too large and shallow
Oversized guide bush or guide bush misalignment
Adjust speed and feed
Amend chip breaker
Correct misalignment or change bush
3
Erratic
chip
pattern
Lack of uniformity in workpiece material
Faulty feed mechanism
(likely to occur with hydraulic feed system)
Inncorrect carbide grade
Chips jamming because of inadequate coolant supply
Pressure or incorrect tool geometry
Misalignment of shank and spindle
Excessive vibration due to insufficient
workpiece/tool rigidity
Wrong choice of coolant
Under or oversized guide bushing
Adjust speeds & feeds or amend CB
Consult machine builder or sales engineer
Check grade charts for guidelines
Increase coolant supply
Correct tool geometry
Correct misalignment
Contact machine builder or tool
manufacturer
Consult with tool manufacturer
Change bushing
4
Stringy
chips
Incorrect tip geometry
Lack of uniformity in workpiece material
Faulty feed mechanism
(likely to occur with hydraulic feed system)
Cooling contaminated with fines
Chemical affinity between workpiece and carbide
Chipped cutting edge
Feedrate too low
Amend chip breaker
Adjust with speed & feed or amend CB
Consult with machine builder or
sales engineer
Clean coolant
Check possibility of changing grade
Replace drill
Increase feed
5
Carbide tip
breakage
Dull tool
Inadequate coolant
Contaminated coolant
Guide bush tolerance too tight
Misalignment of shank and spindle
Tool geometry error
Material variation
Hone cutting edges if required
Check volume and pressure
Check coolant
Replace if necessary or undersize drill
Correct misalignment
Correct geometry
Try to adjust by altering speeds and feeds
6
Short
tool life
Improper speed or feed
Incorrect carbide grade
Worn guide bushes
Excessively warm coolant
Incorrect cutting fluid
Misalignment of shank and spindle
Tool geometry error
Material variation
Adjust accordingly
Choose proper grade for material
Replace guide bush
Check coolant temperature & system
Replace if possible
Correct misalignment
Correct geometry
Try to adjust by altering speeds and feeds
7
Poor
surface
finish
Misalignment
Inadequate dampening of shank causing vibration
CB too far above or below center line
Faulty cutter or guide pad geometry
Misalignment between workpiece and drill
Workpiece deflection
Excessive vibration
Tool geometry error
Cutting speed too low
Feed too light especially in hardened material
Uneven feed
None of above or unsolved problems
Check and adjust
Provide vibration dampers
Correct chip breaker
Correct geometry
Correct misalignment
Improve clamping and rigidity
Contact tool or machine manufacturer
Correct geometry
Increase cutting speed
Increase feed
Correct feed mechanism
Contact tool manufacturer

Deep hole drilling trouble shooting guide


Trouble Shooting
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
44
TD

Deep hole drilling order form


Campany name : Inquiry number :
Address : Inquiry date :
Contact person : Customer No :
General Information
Production
Quantity per year:
Present performance status:
grade,tool life,etc:
Cutting data: Vc= m/min, N= rpm
f= mm/rev, F= mm/min
Workpiece
(If possible,please attach a drawing)
Product name
Hole diameter() (mm)
Hole depth(drilling length) (mm)
No. of holes
Tolerance(of hole)
Surface finish(Rz,Ra...)
Deviation(mm/100)
Straightness(mm/100)
Material
Material(DIN,AISI,JIS...)
Hardness(HB,HS,HRC...)
Condition * Annealed Quenched Tempered
Cast
Other
Machine
Machine supplier name
Machine type/model
Rigidity Good Normal Bad
Date of manufacture
Retrofitted NC lathe M/C Other
Double rotation(TR/WR) Tool and workpiece
Rotating workpiece(WR)
Rotating tool(TR)
Safety devices
Motor power (kw)
Type of coolant
Coolant supplier name
Water based Soluble Emulsion
Oil based
Coolant pressure (bar)
Coolant volume (L/min)
Boring conditions
Through hole drilling
Blind hole drilling (bar)
Cross hole drilling * (L/min)
Drilling system
Single tube system STS
Double tube system DTS
Tool
Drill head
Drill diameter() (mm)
Thread Inner Outer
Brazed
Indexable Adjustable Direct mount
Coating Coated Uncoated
Coating type TiN TiAlN Other
Solid drilling
Counterboring
Cutting brazed
angle* indexable
20 45
Nomal angle Close angle
Pre-bored size(per side) (mm)
Bottom finishing *
Fullball R Flatbottom R Corner R
Compound R
Trepanning
Core size() (mm)
Tube inner dia() (mm)
Tube outer dia() (mm)
Tube
Outside dia() (mm)
Total length(L) (mm)
Internal thread
External thread 4 Starts 2 Starts 1 Start
Tube thread 1 end Both ends
Inner tube length (mm)
Inner tube slit 1 end Both ends
Please sketch your drilling application
Tailor-made Order Form
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
45
TD

Hole tolerance
Diameter,
D(mm)
Tolerance class (m)
>D D B10 C9 C10 D8 D9 D10 E7 E8 E9 F6 F7 F8 G6 G7 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10
_ 3
+180 +85 +100 +34 +45 +60 +24 +28 +39 +12 +16 +20 +8 +12 +6 +10 +14 +25 +40
3 +60 +60 +20 +20 +20 +14 +14 +14 +6 +6 +6 +2 +2 0 0 0 0 0
3 6
+188 +100 +118 +48 +60 +78 +32 +38 +50 +18 +22 +28 +12 +16 +8 +12 +18 +30 +48
10 +70 +70 +30 +30 +30 +20 +20 +20 +10 +10 +10 +4 +4 0 0 0 0 0
6 10
+208 +116 +138 +62 +76 +98 +40 +47 +61 +22 +28 +35 +14 +20 +9 +15 +22 +36 +58
30 +80 +80 +40 +40 +40 +25 +25 +25 +13 +13 +13 +5 +5 0 0 0 0 0
10 18
+220 +138 +165 +77 +93 +120 +50 +59 +75 +27 +34 +43 +17 +24 +11 +18 +27 +43 +70
50 +95 +95 +50 +50 +50 +32 +32 +32 +16 +16 +16 +6 +6 0 0 0 0 0
18 30
+244 +162 +194 +98 +117 +149 +61 +73 +92 +33 +41 +53 +20 +28 +13 +21 +33 +52 +84
80 +110 +110 +65 +65 +65 +40 +40 +40 +20 +20 +20 +7 +7 0 0 0 0 0
30 40
+270 +182 +220
120 +120 +120 +119 +142 +180 +75 +89 +112 +41 +50 +64 +25 +34 +16 +25 +39 +62 +100
40 50
+280 +192 +230 +80 +80 +80 +50 +50 +50 +25 +25 +25 +9 +9 0 0 0 0 0
160 +130 +130
50 65
+310 +214 +260
200 +140 +140 +146 +174 +220 +90 +106 +134 +49 +60 +76 +29 +40 +19 +30 +46 +74 +120
65 80
+320 +224 +270 +146 +100 +146 +60 +60 +60 +30 +30 +30 +10 +10 0 0 0 0 0
+200 +150 +150
80 100
+360 +257 +310
+220 +170 +170 +174 +207 +260 +107 +126 +159 +58 +71 +90 +34 +47 +22 +35 +54 +87 +140
100 120
+380 +267 +320 +120 +120 +120 +72 +72 +72 +36 +36 +36 +12 +12 0 0 0 0 0
+240 +180 +180
120 140
+420 +300 +360
+260 +200 +200
140 160
+440 +310 +370 +208 +245 +205 +125 +148 +185 +68 +83 +106 +39 +54 +25 +40 +63 +100 +160
+280 +210 +210 +145 +145 +145 +85 +85 +85 +43 +43 +43 +14 +14 0 0 0 0 0
160 180
+420 +330 +390
+260 +230 +230
180 200
+440 +355 +425
+280 +240 +240
200 225
+420 +375 +445 +242 +285 +355 +146 +172 +215 +79 +96 +122 +44 +61 +20 +46 +72 +115 +185
+260 +260 +260 +170 +170 +170 +100 +100 +100 +50 +50 +50 +15 +15 0 0 0 0 0
225 250
+440 +395 +465
+280 +280 +280
Technical Guide
T- DEEP
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
46
TD

TM-REAM advantages

Reamer flutes

Lead geometry parameters code key

Reaming allowance (Based on diameter)


Left-hand
Used only for through holes. The left-hand flute pushes
the chips forward. They do not flow along the flutes and
do not damage surface quality.
The helical flute operation is more stable than that of the
straight flute. Therefore, it has less tendency to vibrate.
Left-hand reamers should be used for interrupted and
irregular holes.
Straight flutes
Used mainly for blind holes, usually
have a positive rake on the leading
chamfer. The chips can flow freely
when flushed out.
Lead code a(mm) b(mm)
A 45 0.5 - -
B 25 1.07 - -
C 45 0.5 8 0.75
D 30 0.5 4 1.85
E 45 0.2 - -
F 90 - - -
G 75 0.15 - -
X Specially tailored (undesignated)
Reaming allowance is the stock material which should be removed by reaming.
It is recommended to leave different reaming allowances depending on the workpiece material
and the pre-hole quality. Pre-hole should be smooth and straight, without deep scratches on it.
<9.5 9.5-11.5 11.5-13.5 13.5-16 16-32 >32
Steel and cast iron 0.07-0.10 0.07-0.15 0.10-0.20 0.10-0.30 0.10-0.30 0.20-0.40
Aluminum and brass 0.07-0.10 0.10-0.15 0.15-0.25 0.20-0.30 0.20-0.40 0.20-0.50
Hole (mm)

b
a

b
a
TM-REAM
Technical Guide
When choosing a reamer, it is important to select a lead geometry which covers the reaming allowance.
Material
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
47
TD
- High speed / high production
- No setup time
- Low runout (maximum 3 )
- One shank can be used for a range of hole diameters and various types
of cutting edges
- Durable, due to the combination of a carbide head and steel shank
- No fear of losing any clamping parts which may fall during indexing
- Internal coolant directed optimally to the cutting edges (see illustration)
- Possibility of applying Minimal Quantity Lubrication (MQL) systems
- No need to remove the tool, due to frontal indexing

Assembly
1
720

2
B8: 12-14Nm
B7: 10-12Nm
B6: 8-10Nm
4
3

- Clean the toolholder pocket (Fig. 1)


- Clean the reamer head clamping cone
- Insert the clamping screw into the holder and rotate it 2-3 turns in a clockwise direction (Fig. 2)
- Clamp the reaming head on the screw. Please note that it can be assembled only in a specific
position relative to the screw (rotate the head until locating the correct position) (Fig. 3)
- Manually rotate the reaming head until it sits firmly in the pocket
Tighten with the special key: 12-14 Nm (the toolholder should be clamped into an adapter) (Fig. 4)
- Make sure there is no face gap between the toolholder and the reaming head (Fig. 5)
- Release the reaming head with the key, turning in a counter-clockwise direction until it rotates freely
- Rotate by hand another one turn
- Remove the reamer head from the tool. The clamping screw should remain inside!!!
- Clean the pocket of the toolholder (Fig. 1)
- Clean the cone on the reamer head
- Clamp the reaming head on the screw. Please note that it can be assembled only in one position
relative to the screw (rotate the head until locating the correct position) (Fig. 3)
- Manually rotate the reaming head. In the beginning it should rotate without the screw and then
(after 1/6 of a turn) it should engage with the screw. Rotate until it sits firmly in the pocket
If the screw is rotating together with the reaming head from the beginning,
remove the reaming head and open the screw another one turn
- Tighten with the special key: 12-14 Nm (the toolholder should be clamped into an adapter) (Fig. 4)
- Make sure that there is no face gap between the toolholder and the reaming head (Fig. 5)
First assembly
Indexing
Technical Guide
TM-REAM
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
48
TD

Application range

Bore types

Front angles and cutting geometries


TB-REAM is suitable for high precision applications and tight hole diameter tolerance (IT5).
The high surface quality and accurate bore geometry achieved with theTB-REAM very often saves necessity
for additional machining operations such as honing or internal grinding that had been previously required.
The reamer body has carbide guiding pads brazed on it. The adjustment system guarantees a user-friendly
and easy process for adjusting the required diameter and back taper control. A strong and reliable insert clamping
mechanism in the pocket, together with nickel plated body ensure long tool life.
The TB-REAM reamers were designed for high speed reaming. This feature is most advantageous in
mass production applications. When large batches are involved, the indexable insert with the double cutting
corner provides high productivity and an extremely economical solution.
A reamer body for a through hole
includes coolant hole outlets located
behind the insert, which direct the chips
forward to prevent scratching the hole
surface. Moreover, extra holes are
located behind the pads in order to
convey lubricant and reduce the friction
between the pads and the holes surface.
For blind hole applications
the coolant outlet is located
at the front end of the tool.
The blind hole causes the
coolant with the chips to
flow backwards.
Blind hole coolant
Lead L (mm) I Use
A 3 1 High surface quality at lower cutting conditions
B 1.3 0.5
Universal use
Ideal for high speed cutting conditions
C 0.55 Suitable for aluminum and brass
D 0.6 0.2 Geometry for blind hole and low feed rates
6
L
L
L
L
6
L
L
L
L
6
L
L
L
L
6
L
L
L
L
Lead Angle () Use
00 For cast iron applications
06 General use
12 For stainless steel and aluminum
6
L
L
L
L
6
L
L
L
L
6
L
L
L
L
Through hole coolant
Indexing
3 standard cutting angles are available:
TB-REAM
Technical Guide
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
49
TD

Insert indexing

Setting process
1) Rotate the adjustment screws
1 turn counter-clockwise (CCW).
2) Rotate the clamping screw CCW
from the top and/or clockwise from
the bottom, turning both sides
simultaneously.
3) Remove the insert. Clean the insert
and the pocket. Place the sharp
edge on the outer position.
4) Press the insert against the back
stopper and the two adjustment pins.
Tighten the clamping wedge by
rotating the clamping screw CW
from the top or CCW from the bottom.
There are two optional setting mechanisms: a comparison micrometer and a setting device.
TaeguTec designation: TB-SETTING L450
- Low cost solution and readily available for small workshops
- Prone to damage the cutting edge therefore not recommended
Comparison micrometer with dial gauge
- Shorter setting time
- Modular system
- Higher accuracy
- No risk of damaging the cutting edge
Setting device, located between centers
1) Set the micrometer to the correct diameter using
the precision blocks.
2) Adjust the frontal diameter and back taper by
turning the adjustment screw C.W.
The frontal diameter should be larger than the
rear diameter by approximately 0.015 mm.
TaeguTec is offering a mechanical setting device.
It enables an easy, quick and accurate adjustment.
Due to its modular construction, it can be used for
standard as well as for special and more
complicated reamer adjustments.
Using a comparison micrometer Using a setting device
Technical Guide
TB-REAM
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
50
TD

Using a setting device


4. Tighten the adjustment screws in
a clockwise direction
6. Adjust the back side of insert to
+5/10 microns
0
+5/+10
0
+15/+20
1. Place the reamer between fixtures
centering pins
3. Rotate and position the insert against
indicators
2. Use the pad as a zero reference to set
the indicators to zero
5. Adjust the frontal side of insert to
+15/20 microns
Technical Guide
TB-REAM
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
51
TD

Hole tolerance
Diameter
D(mm)
Tolerance (m)
>D

D B10 C9 C10 D8 D9 D10 E7 E8 E9 F6 F7 F8 G6 G7 H6 H7 H8


_
3
+180
+140
+85
+60
+100
+60
+34
+20
+45
+20
+60
+20
+24
+14
+28
+14
+39
+14
+12
+6
+16
+6
+20
+6
+8
+2
+12
+2
+6
0
+10
0
+14
0
3 6
+180
+140
+100
+70
+118
+70
+48
+30
+60
+30
+78
+30
+32
+20
+38
+20
+50
+20
+18
+10
+22
+10
+28
+10
+12
+4
+16
+4
+8
0
+12
0
+18
0
6 10
+208
+150
+116
+80
+138
+80
+62
+40
+76
+40
+98
+40
+40
+25
+47
+25
+61
+25
+22
+13
+28
+13
+35
+13
+14
+5
+20
+5
+9
0
+15
0
+22
0
10 18
+220
+150
+138
+95
+165
+95
+77
+50
+93
+50
+120
+50
+50
+32
+59
+32
+75
+32
+27
+16
+34
+16
+43
+16
+17
+6
+24
+6
+11
0
+18
0
+27
0
18 30
+244
+160
+162
+110
+194
+110
+98
+65
+117
+65
+149
+65
+61
+40
+73
+40
+92
+40
+33
+20
+41
+20
+53
+20
+20
+7
+28
+7
+13
0
+21
0
+33
0
30 40
+270
+170
+182
+120
+220
+120
+119
+80
+142
+80
+180
+80
+75
+50
+89
+50
+112
+50
+41
+25
+50
+25
+64
+25
+25
+9
+34
+9
+16
0
+25
0
+39
0
40 50
+280
+180
+192
+130
+230
+130
50 65
+310
+190
+214
+140
+260
+140
+146
+146
+174
+100
+220
+146
+90
+60
+106
+60
+134
+60
+49
+30
+60
+30
+76
+30
+29
+10
+40
+10
+19
0
+30
0
+46
0
65 80
+320
+200
+224
+150
+270
+150
Diameter
D(mm)
Tolerance (m)
>D

D H9 H10 JS6 JS7 K6 K7 M6 M7 N6 N7 P6 P7 R7 S7 T7 U7 X7


_
3
+25
0
+40
0
3 5
0
-6
0
-10
-2
-8
-2
-12
-4
-10
-4
-14
-6
-12
-6
-16
-10
-20
-14
-24

-18
-28
-20
-30
3 6
+30
0
+48
0
4 6
+2
-6
+3
+9
-1
-9
0
-12
-5
-13
-4
-16
-9
-17
-8
-20
-11
-23
-15
-27

-19
-31
-24
-36
6 10
+36
0
+58
0
4.5 7
+2
-7
+5
+10
-3
-12
0
-15
-7
-16
-4
-19
-12
-21
-9
-24
-13
-28
-17
-32

-22
-37
-28
-43
10 18
+43
0
+70
0
5.5 9
+2
-9
+6
+12
-4
-15
0
-18
-9
-20
-5
-23
-15
-26
-11
-29
-16
-34
-21
-39

-26
-44
-33
-51
-38
-56
18 30
+52
0
+84
0
6.5 10
+2
-11
+6
-15
-4
-17
0
-21
-11
-24
-7
-28
-18
-31
-14
-35
-20
-41
-21
-48

-33
-54
-46
-67
-33
-54
-40
-61
-56
-77
30 40
+62
0
+100
0
8 12
+3
-13
+7
-18
-4
-20
0
-25
-12
-28
-8
-33
-21
-37
-17
-42
-25
-50
-34
-59
-39
-64
-51
-76

40 50
-45
-70
-61
-86
50 65
+74
0
+120
0
9.5 15
+4
-15
+9
-21
-5
-24
0
-30
-14
-33
-9
-39
-26
-45
-21
-51
-30
-60
-42
-72
-55
-85
-76
-106

65 80
-32
-62
-48
-78
-64
-94
-91
-121
Reamer Hole Tolerance Table
T-REAM
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
52
TD
Machine
Lubricant
Tool
Model:
Type: vertical horizontal multi-spindle
Adaption:
Max RPM:
Power:
Spindle accuracy:
Coolant:
Request reason
New tool Problem
Quality:
Cycle time:
Alternative supplier:
Other:
Maker:
Tool type:
Speed & Feed:
Existing tool
Workpiece
Description:
Hardness:
Pre-hole size: (Tolerance: )
Depth:
Bore type
Quality requirement
Tolerance:
Surface finish(Ra):
Roundness:
Straightness:
Cylindricity:
Concentricity:
Clamping information

Tool life:
No of teeth:
Coolant type:
: Mandatory data field
Date:
Subsidiary:
Company:
Address:

Enquiry dead line:
Contact person:

Oil

Ratio of mixture
MQL

Coolant pressure
Emulsion
Type:
Diameter:
Depth of cut:
Coolant:
Shank type:
Holder type: Collet

Hydraulic

Other


Adjustable adaptor:
Yearly consumption:
TM
(Index multi-edge)

TB(single blade)

TS(Solid)

Other

Yes No
Internal

External

Tailor-made Order Form


T-REAM
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
53
TD
Nomenclature and Cutter Data TE2
Quick Change Cutters TE6
CHASE2QUAD TE9
TOPSLOT TE11
TSC Slotting Cutter TE13
Trouble Shooting TE14
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Milling
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
2
TE
Milling cutter
Cutting formulas
Power calculation
Nomenclature and Cutter Data
Face relief
angle
Axial rake angle
Radial
rake angle
Cutter height
Entering angle
Cutting edge inclination
Peripheral cutting edge
(main cutting edge)
Chamfering
Facing cutter edge
Peripheral
cutting edge angle
(Lead angle)
Peripheral
relief angle
E
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
True
rake angle
(Wiper insert)
Corner
W : Power(kw)
Hp : Horse power
Q : Chip removal (cm
3
/min)
L : Width of cut (mm)
F : Table feed (mm/min)
ap : Axial depth of cut (mm)
Ks : Specific cutting force (kg/mm
2
)
For Ks, see page TE3
: Machine efficiency (0.5 - 0.75)

W =
Q Ks
(kw)
60 102


Hp =
W
0.75


Q =
L F ap
=
ap
f V L Z
1000 D
V : Cutting speed (m/min)
D : Cutter diameter (mm)
: 3.14
N : Spindle speed (rpm)
F : Table feed (mm/min)
f : Feed per tooth (mm/tooth)
Z : Number of insert
Cutting speed

V =
D N
(m/min)
1000
Feed
F = f Z N (mm/min)

f =
F
(mm/tooth)
ZN
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3
TE
Nomenclature and Cutter Data
Specific cutting force(Ks)
Material Hardness (HB)
Specific cutting force
(Kg/mm
2
)
Carbon steel
100 - 150 220
120 - 180 230
200 - 250 250
Alloy steel
120 - 200 230
250 - 300 275
Stainless 300 series - 325
Stainless 400 series - 300
Steel
casting
Carbon steel < 225 210
Alloy steel 150 - 250 220
Stainless steel 150 - 300 250
Gray cast iron 150 - 300 120 - 140
Nodular cast iron 125 - 300 125 - 180
Aluminum - 100 - 140
Copper - 140 - 200
: Entering angle

: Axial rake angle

A
: Radial rake angle
R
: True rake angle
T
Angle nomenclature
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
4
TE
Nomenclature and Cutter Data
WOC
WOC
Choosing cutter diameter
The best cutter diameter (D) should be selected
upon the workpiece dimensions (a).
D

1.3 - 1.5 WOC
If the machine power is limited or the workpiece is
too wide, select a cutter diameter that takes more
than two passes or that matches the power of
machine.
When the appropriate cutter diameter is not available,
proper cutter position will give good results.
WOC = 3/4D
Cutter position
Conventional milling (Up milling)
The feed direction of the workpiece is opposite to that of cutter rotation.
The chip thickness starts at zero and increases to the maximum at the
end of cut. In Up milling, the insert wear is severe with excessive friction
and high temperature caused by the rubbing or burnishing effect in the
insert.
Channel milling (Up and down milling)
The cutter position is in the middle of the workpiece and the cutting force
is alternately changed in the radial direction. It causes vibration when
the spindle structure is weak. Channel milling is a combination of
conventional and climb milling. When channel milling is necessary use
positive geometry cutters at reduced speeds and feeds with coolant.
Climb milling (Down milling)
Climb milling is normally recommended.
The feed direction of workpiece is the same as that of cutter rotation.
So the chip thickness starts from the maximum and decreases to zero
at the end of cut. The tool life is long with less heat and minimum work
hardening of workpiece.
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5
TE
Nomenclature and Cutter Data
Rake angle
- Easy chip removal
- Apply to all materials under 300 brinell hardness
Especially on light setups and low HP 40 Taper
or smaller milling machines.
- Apply to cast iron which gives short chip.
Selection of entering angle
Entering angle of face mill is usually less than 90 for easy
chip fow and increased edge strength.
Generally, entering angle are 45 and 75 with the most
popular entering angle being 45. This is economical and
enables increased effciency of power consumption in milling
from fnishing to roughing.
45 entering angle is suitable for heavy cutting and provides
excellent cutting edge strength. With 45 entering angle,
axial cutting force is nearly equal to radial cutting force; this is
very effective for long overhang milling.
When corner damage is likely to occur in milling of cast iron,
45 entering angle is recommended.
When it is diffcult to position the cutter owing to workpiece
shape, bigger entering angles are preferable.
- Positive rake angle type is popular and this increases machine effciency and reduces heat generation.
It is possible to reduce machine damage compared to machining with negative rake angle insert,
which require high power consumption.
- For milling hard materials that require high edge strength, negative rake angle inserts are preferable.
Positive
Negative
FA:Axial cutting force
FR:Radial cutting force
Entering angle
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
6
TE
Quick Change Cutters
Designation
Dimension (mm)
D D1 D2 d
SP03 - I 5.0 47 - 85
SP04 - I 5.0 60 - 105
SP05 - I 5.0 82 - 130
SP06 - I 5.0 96 - 165
SP08 - I 5.0 160 137 203
SP10 - I 5.0 210 187 253
SP12 - I 5.0 274 250 318
SP14 - I 5.0 314 290 358
SP16 - I 5.0 354 332 403
Setting plate
Body
Surface plate
Setting plate
Body
Surface plate
Setting plate
Body
Surface plate
Multi-bolt type
Light weight cutter
Quick change cutters are separated into two parts when the cutter diameter is over 200mm - the cutter and adapter.
The adapter is mounted on the main spindle of the machine and the cutter is then mounted on the adapter.
The weight of cutter is usually half of total cutter weight, this results in reduced weight load & improved safety.
Save changing time
Change over times can be reduced by up to 20% compared to conventional cutters.
Excellent surface finish
The accurate insert and minimum cutter run-out guarantee excellent surface fnish. Capable of very high feed rates.
Simple & rigid design
Simple design includes a wedge & wedge screw.
Setting plate
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7
TE
Designation
Dimension (mm)
Weight
(Kg)
D d d1 d2 d3 d4 M N
QA 08 K/M 198 47.625 63.5 101.6 - 114.3 M16 X 40 4 10
QA 10 K/M 248 60 133.35 101.6 - 177.8 M16 X 50 4 15
QA 12 K/M 313 60 146.05 101.6 177.8 215.9 M20 X 50 4 19.7
QA 14 K/M 353 60 215.9 101.6 177.8 260.4 M20 X 50 6 24
QA 16 K/M 398 60 254.0 101.6 177.8 304.8 M20 X 50 6 29
Adapter


K: Adapter with setting key (Fig.1)
M: Adapter without setting key (Fig.2)
Quick Change Cutters
Fig.2
Fig.1
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
8
TE
Light weight cutter
Reduced cutter weight almost half of conventional one achieves easy handling & improved safety
Quick and easy system
Quick and easy system with optimized design for reducing tool change time
Double face contact
Excellent repeatability and accuracy
High stiffness
Quick Change Cutters
Designation
Dimension (mm)
Weight
(kg)
D d d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 N H1 H2
TQCA D250 248 60 101.6 - 158 190.37 219 4 72 48 17.56
TQCA D315 313 60 101.6 177.8 195 230.33 273.5 4 77 42 39.05
TQCA D355 353 60 101.6 177.8 235 270.33 313.5 8 77 42 55.53
TQCA D400 398 60 101.6 177.8 280 315.33 358.5 8 77 42 68.47
Double face contact type-Quick & easy
Adaptor
Adaptor
Cutter
Contact surface
H1
H2

d
1

d
2

d
5

d
4

d
2
5
4
5

10
20 20
50.8 88.9
15
H1
H2

d
1

d
2

d
5

d
4

d
2
5
4
5

10
20 20
50.8 88.9
15
H1
H2

d
1

d
2

d
5

d
4

d
2
5
4
5

10
20 20
50.8 88.9
15
Clamp
(N: Number of clamp
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9
TE

Setting instructions
Please avoid using too
much force.
Move the adjust wedge to
(4) its bottom-most
position by rotating
the wedge screw ( 5)
clockwise.

Mount new cutting edge of


insert. Make sure that the
insert pocket is thoroughly
cleaned before mounting
insert.

Please ensure that insert


edge does not get dam-
aged during setting.
Use optimum dial pres-
sure only.
Measure the Runout of the
cutter when all inserts are
mounted and select the
highest insert as a reference.

Please fx the insert


screw(3) completely as
readjustment is not ex-
pected once it is done.
Increase height by
0.01mm at least from the
highest insert.
Set the height of cutter,
raising the reference insert by
turning the wedge screw(5)
counter clockwise.

Runout adjustment is
completed.(you dont
have to clamp the insert
screw(3) anymore once it
is fxed.)
Adjust axial Runout of the
remaining inserts with the
same process as used with
the reference insert.

Please note that max


adjustment height should
not exceed 0.1mm(.004")
l
1
Adjust Runout in the
range of 0.005mm
rotating the wrench
gradually.

l
2
If it is beyond the
acceptable range,
please reset it with
the orderof

l
3
1.Height gauge
2.Insert
4.Adjust wedge
5.Wedge screw
6.T-Wrench
3.Insert screw
Technical Guide
CHASE QUAD
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
10
TE
No Yes
Special precautions
- While loading a new insert corner, ensure that the adjust wedge is in the bottom-most position
Bottom out the adjust wedge completely before unclamping the insert from cutter
- Clean the insert and pocket thoroughly before mounting fresh insert /corner
- While assembling adjust wedge onto cutter body, please ensure that the adjust wedge is tightened
until it reaches the bottom
I
II
III
No
No
Yes

Gauge user guide


Technical Guide
CHASE QUAD
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11
TE
Part names
Setup instructions
Height gauge
L-Wrench
B=Target width
H=Cutter height
X=Adjustment value
B=Target Width
H=Cutter Height
X=Adjustment value
X=(B-A)/2
X=(H-B)/2
Disk type
Flange type
Cartridge
Insert
Adjust screw Clamp screw
Insert screw
X
X
X
A B
X
Datum plane
Datum plane
Top face
Bottom face
H B
Technical Guide
TOPSLOT
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
12
TE

Setting procedure
Disc type
Flange type
1. Index unused inserts
firmly onto the cartridge
1. For bottom face inserts,
repeat disc type steps 1- 4
5. Inserts on the same face
must be adjusted to the
same desired value
2. For top face set-up,
the use of setting plate is
mandatory and the height
gauge must be reset to 0
3. Put the cutter bottom
face on the setting plate and
turn clamping screw 1/2~1
turns counter-clockwise
4. Adjust the cartridge to the
desired value (A+X) by turning
the adjust screw then tighten
the clamping screw
4. Inserts on same cutter
face are must be adjusted
to same desired value
2. Turn the clamping screw
60-90 turn counter-clockwise
To eliminate backlash,
adjust the cartridges
upward above the
designated X value
* Turn the adjust screw
clockwise to descend
the cartridge
* Turn the adjust screw
counter-clockwise to
ascend the cartridge
*Turn the adjust screw
clockwise to descend the
cartridges.
*Turn the adjust screw
counter-clockwise to
ascend the cartridges
* Datum plane is bottom
plane for flange type cutter
5. Repeat steps 1- 4 on the
opposite side of the cutter
face
3. a)Adjust the adjust screw to the
desired X value by measuring
from the datum plane to the
cutting edge of the inserts
b) Tighten the clamping screw
Important set-up points
- All adjustments must be done on a plain, fat surface
- For improved accuracy, remove any foreign substances from the insert and
insert pocket surfaces before clamping
- X value should be equal for both top and bottom faces
when adjusting
- Width of cut must be adjusted within the range that is the laser-marked on the cutter
Ex) WIDTH 10 12
WIDTH 20 - 23
- To eliminate backlash, the cartridges must be set upward on both the bottom and top face to achieve desired width
Technical Guide
TOPSLOT
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13
TE
Narrow width slotting cutters
Recommended feed rates for - TSC slotting cutters
Recommended feed rates (Based on insert width)
DOC
Rotation
Drive flange set
recommended for
style 2 cutters
Table feed
TIMC
TIMJ
TIPV
W
Feed rate (mm/tooth)
0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.30
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.6
(mm)
Feed rates are for radial
DOC =>1/4 the cutter diameter
For radial DOC <1/4 the cutter diameter
increase feed rates by the following %
DOC/Cutter
diameter
1/4 1/6 1/8 1/10 1/20
0% 15% 30% 45% 100%
Increase feed
rate by - >
Metric cutting diameters:
75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 160mm,
250mm
Cutting width ranges: 1.6mm -
6.35mm
Geometry: Positive Rake
Applications: Slotting and Sawing
Materials: Carbon Steels, Alloy Steels,
Stainless Steels, Cast Iron, Aluminum,
and Exotics
Features / Benefits of
slotting cutters :
- Narrow width applications to 1.6mm
- Simple easy-to-mount inserts
- Secure insert retention self-positioning
insert stopper for repeatability
- Drive fange mounting for extra stability
- Minimal radial runout
- Effcient chip evacuation
- Reduced cutting forces
- Improved tool life
- Economical
Technical Guide
Cutter entry
Climb milling enters the workpiece with a thick chip and exits with a thin chip. Honed inserts are recommended.
Conventional milling enters the workpiece with a thin chip and exits with a thick chip.
Sharp inserts are recommended. Climb milling should be used whenever possible, especially when replacing
high speed steel slotting cutters. On machines with backlash eliminators, climb milling is preferred.
Cutter mounting
The use of drive fange sets are recommended to prevent denting of arbor drive keys and to provide added
stability during increased metal removal rates.
Insert mounting
Manually place insert in pocket and seat in place by using a wooden or plastic hammer. This will ensure self
positioning for insert repeatability and minimal radial runout. Pockets must be clean and free of debris prior
to installation.
TSC Slotting Cutter
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
14
TE
Trouble Shooting
Problem Cause
Normal
flank wear
Most desirable wear
Chipping
(Frittering)
Start from micro chipping
Caused by vibration or bending
(Long overhang, Up milling: Burr ,Down milling: Entry
shock, Back lash.)
Built-up
edge
Friction, affnity, heating, pressure
Fast happening (1/10~1/50 sec):
chipping accuracy, bad surface roughness
Cutting speed be low
Notching
Bad surface roughness
Work hardening
Burr
Thermal
crack
Thermal shock
(Temperature difference)
Interrupt cutting
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15
TE
Problem Cause
Normal
flank wear
Most desirable wear
Chipping
(Frittering)
Start from micro chipping
Caused by vibration or bending
(Long overhang, Up milling: Burr ,Down milling: Entry
shock, Back lash.)
Built-up
edge
Friction, affnity, heating, pressure
Fast happening (1/10~1/50 sec):
chipping accuracy, bad surface roughness
Cutting speed be low
Notching
Bad surface roughness
Work hardening
Burr
Thermal
crack
Thermal shock
(Temperature difference)
Interrupt cutting
Solution
High resistance grade
Up cut down cut
Minimize defection (short overhang) Rigid clamping
Reduce entry shock: speed , feed Strong edge geometry, honing
Tough grade Reduce friction force (TMP)
Change cutter position
Increase cutting speed
Coolant
Sharp cutting edge
Coated grade(TiN)
Honed insert, change DOC
Change lead angle
Reduce feed: minimize burr
Coolant
- Enough cooling
- Reduce speed
High rake tool
Nomenclature and Cutting Data TF2
Spindle Speed Table TF6
Actual Diameter of Ball Nose End Mill TF8
Trouble Shooting TF9
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Solid End Mills
D
3
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TF TF

End mill nomenclature

Selection of grade by materials

Calculation for cutting speed, spindle speed and feed

Feature of cutting angle


Nomenclature and Cutting Data
Cutting speed (m/min)
V: Cutting speed (m/min)
D: Diameter of end mill (mm)
N: Spindle revolution (RPM)
F: Table feed rate (mm/min)
fz: Feed per tooth (mm/tooth)
Z: Number of teeth
Tc: Cutting time (min)
L: Length of cut
(material length + tool diameter + )
Feed per tooth (mm/tooth)
Table feed rate (mm/min)
Cutting time (min)
V =
DN
1000
fz =
F
ZN
F = fzZN
T
c
=
L
F
Materials Applications grade of end mill
Hardened steels (Hardness <65 HRC) TT5505
Pre-hardened steels, Alloy steels, Carbon steels
(Hardness <55 HRC)
Stainless steels, Ti-alloy, Super alloy
TT5515 / TT5525
Non ferrous material (Al-alloy, Cu-alloy) UF10, TT9020
Graphite and CFRP TT6050
D
3
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TF TF

Effect of cutting length

Features of the teeth

Evaluation reference for regrinding

Regrinding of peripheral relief angle


Technical Guide
It is necessary to keep the tool overhang to the minimum possible.
Rigidity can vary along the cutter length or the length of cut by a
factor of three. The shorter the overhang, the better the rigidity
and smaller the defection.
3

E

I
P

L
3
P
L
E
I
:Deflection of end mill
:Cutting resistance
:Overhang
:Modulus of elasticity
:Moment of inertia
Type Shape Feature
Square type without
center hole
Used for general machining including
- slotting, side-milling, boring, plunging
Square type with
center hole
Used for general machining including
- slotting, side-milling, boring
Square type with
corner radius
Used for high speed milling and
radius milling
Ball type Used for contour or copy milling
Application Dia. of end mill (mm) Max. flank wear
Finishing
- 10
11 - 30
31 - 50
0.05-0.10
0.10-0.25
0.20-0.35
Roughing
- 10
11 - 30
31 - 50
0.08-0.15
0.15-0.35
0.30-0.45
Concave Flat Eccentric
For precise outer diameter of
end mill
Use flat wheel
Good machinability
2nd relief angle required
For taper of ball end mill
Reliable cutting edge &
excellent surface finish
Recommended method
D
5
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TF TF

Regrinding of end teeth

Number of flutes and section area (based on 10)


Technical Guide
Gash 2nd Relief 1st Relief
Use plain wheel
Gash angle: 30 - 45
Use cup wheel
Relief angle: 15 - 25
Use cup wheel
Relief angle: 6 - 15
Width: 0.5 - 2mm
No. of cutting edges 2 3 4
Section shape
Core diameter 60% 60% 60%
Cross section mass 42mm
2
44mm
2
47mm
2
Section ratio 53.50% 56% 60%
Large chip gullet
Easy chip evacuation
Recommended for slot milling
applications
Strong design for heavy duty
milling applications
2 flute design
Large section area -
better rigidity than 2 flute cutters
3 flutes provide high quality
surface finish
3 flute design
4 flute and multi flute cutters
provide highest rigidity
Provides high quality surface finish
Recommended for profiling,
side milling and shallow slotting
4 flute design
D
5
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TF TF

Inspection of cutter run-outs & surface roughness

Parameters for end mill operation


Technical Guide
Solid carbide cutters perform best when the cutting edge of each tooth runs true with the cutter axis.
When each tooth runs true the work load will be shared and this will optimize performance.
Radial and axial run out should be checked using a DTI after each regrind.
Put the cutter in a V-block and measure both the peripheral and end tooth run out,
also ensure that the cutter is rotated so that each tooth is checked in several positions.
If the cutter has centre holes, these can be used to check the cutter between centres.
Please refer to the tables on each page of this catalogue for tolerances and permissible run out.
Use a "Profilemeter" to check ground
surface finish - maximum surface roughness
permissible is Rmax6.3. Rough or uneven
surface finish of a ground cutter can effect
the surface finish of the workpiece and
cause premature failure and chipping
of the helical cutting edge.
Factor Instruction and advice
Rigidity of machine
Use a rigid machine whenever possible
If rigidity is poor - adjust cutting conditions accordingly
Chuck and end mill
run-out
Use rigid and high quality chucking system
Check and minimise end mill run-out
Workpiece clamping
Ensure workpiece is firmly and securely clamped
If this cannot be achieved or if vibrations occur
- reduce cutting conditions accordingly
Cutting fluid and
chip evacuation
Maximise coolant flow whenever possible
Always use flood coolant for heavy roughing applications
Please refer to manual for (dry machining conditions - HSM applications)
- on hardened steels
Use air blow for HSM applications
Always ensure good evacuation of chips from the working area
End mill selection
Please ensure the correct cutter is selected - see technical data for detailed
information and selection of correct cutter for task, application and
material to be machined
Refer to page 115 for more details
Cutting conditions
Please refer to recommended cutting condition data in this catalogue
The recommended cutting conditions always refer to optimum conditions -
if machine rigidity or work piece clamping is not ideal - these cutting conditions
should be altered accordingly
Overhang of end mill
from spindle nose
Always minimise the cutter overhang to the minimum possible
If cutter overhang cannot be reduced - cutting conditions should be
altered accordingly
PLATE
INDICATOR
(AXIAL)
INDICATOR
(RADIAL)
V-BLOCK
BALL
STOPPER
PLATE
D
7
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TF TF

Spindle speed table


Technical Guide
Diameter Cutting speed (m/min)
D 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
0.2 31,850 47,770 63,690 79,620 95,540 111,460 127,390 143,310
0.3 21,230 31,850 42,460 53,080 63,690 74,310 84,930 95,540
0.4 15,920 23,890 31,850 39,810 47,740 55,730 63,690 71,660
0.5 12,740 19,110 25,480 31,850 38,820 44,950 50,960 57,320
0.6 10,620 15,920 21,230 26,540 31,850 37,150 42,460 47,770
0.7 9,100 13,650 18,200 22,750 27,300 31,850 36,400 40,950
0.8 7,960 11,940 15,920 19,900 23,890 27,870 31,850 35,830
0.9 7,080 10,620 14,150 17,690 21,230 24,770 28,310 31,850
1 6,370 9,550 12,740 15,920 19,110 22,290 25,480 28,650
1.4 4,550 6,820 9,100 11,370 13,650 15,920 18,200 20,470
1.6 3,980 5,970 7,960 9,950 11,940 13,390 15,920 17,910
1.8 3,540 5,310 7,080 8,850 10,620 12,380 14,150 15,920
2 3,180 4,780 6,370 7,960 9,550 11,150 12,740 14,330
2.2 2,900 4,340 5,790 7,240 8,690 10,130 11,580 13,030
2.4 2,650 3,980 5,310 6,630 7,960 9,290 10,620 11,940
2.6 2,450 3,670 4,900 6,120 7,350 8,570 9,800 11,020
2.8 2,270 3,410 4,550 5,690 6,820 7,960 9,100 10,240
3 2,120 3,180 4,250 5,310 6,370 7,430 8,490 9,550
4 1,590 2,390 3,180 3,980 4,780 5,570 6,370 7,170
5 1,270 1,910 2,550 3,180 3,820 4,460 5,100 5,730
6 1,060 1,590 2,120 2,650 3,180 3,720 4,250 4,780
7 910 1,360 1,820 2,270 2,730 3,180 3,640 4,090
8 800 1,190 1,590 1,990 2,390 2,790 3,180 3,580
9 710 1,060 1,420 1,770 2,120 2,480 2,830 3,180
10 640 960 1,270 1,590 1,910 2,230 2,550 2,870
11 580 870 1,160 1,450 1,740 2,030 2,320 2,610
12 530 800 1,060 1,330 1,590 1,860 2,120 2,390
13 490 730 980 1,220 1,470 1,710 1,960 2,200
14 450 680 910 1,140 1,360 1,590 1,820 2,050
15 420 640 850 1,060 1,270 1,490 1,700 1,910
16 400 600 800 1,000 1,190 1,390 1,590 1,790
17 370 560 750 940 1,120 1,310 1,500 1,690
18 350 530 710 880 1,060 1,240 1,420 1,590
19 340 500 670 840 1,010 1,170 1,340 1,510
20 320 480 640 800 960 1,110 1,270 1,430
21 300 450 610 760 910 1,060 1,210 1,360
22 290 430 580 720 870 1,010 1,160 1,300
23 280 420 550 690 830 970 1,100 1,250
24 270 400 530 660 800 930 1,060 1,190
25 250 380 510 640 760 890 1,020 1,150
26 240 370 490 610 730 860 980 1,100
27 240 350 470 590 710 830 940 1,060
28 230 340 450 570 680 800 910 1,020
29 220 330 440 550 660 770 880 990
30 210 320 420 530 640 740 850 960
D
7
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TF TF

Spindle speed table


Technical Guide
Diameter Cutting speed (m/min)
D 100 120 140 150 180 200 250 300
0.2 159,240 191,080 222,930 238,850 286,620 318,470 398,090 477,710
0.3 106,160 127,390 148,620 159,240 191,080 212,310 265,390 318,470
0.4 79,620 95,540 111,460 119,430 143,310 159,240 199,040 238,850
0.5 63,690 76,430 89,170 95,540 114,650 127,390 159,240 191,080
0.6 53,080 63,690 74,310 79,620 95,540 106,160 132,700 159,240
0.7 45,500 54,590 63,690 68,240 81,890 90,990 113,740 136,490
0.8 39,810 47,770 55,730 59,710 71,650 79,620 99,520 119,430
0.9 35,390 42,640 49,540 53,080 63,690 70,770 88,460 106,160
1 31,850 38,220 44,590 47,770 57,320 63,390 79,620 95,540
1.4 22,750 27,300 31,850 34,120 40,950 45,500 56,870 68,240
1.6 19,900 23,890 27,870 29,860 35,830 39.810 49,760 59,710
1.8 17,690 21,230 24,770 26,540 31,850 35,390 44,230 53,080
2 15,920 19,110 22,290 23,890 28,660 31,850 39,810 47,770
2.2 14,480 17,370 20,270 21,710 26,060 28,950 36,190 43,430
2.4 13,270 15,920 18,580 19,900 23,890 26,540 33,170 39,810
2.6 12,250 14,700 17,150 18,370 22,050 24,500 30,620 36,750
2.8 11,370 13,650 15,920 17,060 20,470 22,750 28,430 34,120
3 10,620 12,740 14,860 15,920 19,110 21,230 26,540 31,850
4 7,960 9,550 11,150 11,940 14,330 15,920 19,900 23,890
5 6,370 7,640 8,920 9,550 11,460 12,740 15,920 19,110
6 5,310 6,370 7,430 7,960 9,550 10,620 13,270 15,920
7 4,550 5,460 6,370 6,820 8,190 9,100 11,370 13,650
8 3,980 4,780 5,570 5,970 7,170 7,960 9,950 11,940
9 3,540 4,250 4,950 5,310 6,370 7.080 8,850 10,620
10 3,180 3,820 4,460 4,780 5,730 6,370 7,960 9,550
11 2,900 3,470 4,050 4,340 5,210 5,790 7,240 8,690
12 2,650 3,180 3,720 3,980 4,780 5,310 6,630 7,960
13 2,450 2,940 3,430 3,670 4,410 4,900 6,120 7,350
14 2,270 2,730 3,180 3,410 4,090 4,550 5,690 6,820
15 2,120 2,550 2,970 3,180 3,820 4,250 5,310 6,370
16 1,990 2,390 2,790 2,990 3,580 3,980 4,980 5,970
17 1,870 2,250 2,620 2,810 3,370 3,750 4,680 5,620
18 1,770 2,120 2,480 2,650 3,180 3,540 4,420 5,310
19 1,680 2,020 2,350 2,510 3,020 3,350 4,190 5,030
20 1,590 1,910 2,230 2,390 2,870 3,180 3,980 4,780
21 1,520 1,820 2,120 2,270 2,730 3,030 3,790 4,550
22 1,450 1,740 2,030 2,170 2,610 2,900 3,620 4,340
23 1,380 1,660 1,940 2,080 2,490 2,770 3,460 4,150
24 1,330 1,590 1,860 1,990 2,390 2,650 3,320 3,980
25 1,270 1,530 1,780 1,910 2,290 2,550 3,180 3,820
26 1,220 1,470 1,710 1,840 2,200 2,450 3,060 3,670
27 1,180 1,420 1,650 1,770 2,120 2,350 2,950 3,540
28 1,140 1,360 1,590 1,710 2,050 2,270 2,840 3,410
29 1,100 1,320 1,540 1,650 1,980 2,200 2,750 3,290
30 1,060 1,270 1,490 1,590 1,910 2,120 2,650 3,180
D
9
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TF TF

Actual diameter of ball nose end mill

Calculation of actual diameter


Technical Guide
Diameter Depth of cut (Ad, mm)
Radius Dia 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.08 0.1
0.1 0.2 0.087 0.12 0.143 0.16 0.173 0.196 0.2
0.2 0.4 0.125 0.174 0.211 0.24 0.265 0.32 0.35
0.3 0.6 0.154 0.215 0.262 0.299 0.332 0.41 0.45
0.4 0.8 0.178 0.25 0.304 0.349 0.387 0.48 0.53
0.5 1 0.199 0.28 0.341 0.392 0.436 0.54 0.6
1 2 0.282 0.398 0.486 0.56 0.624 0.78 0.87
1.5 3 0.346 0.488 0.597 0.688 0.768 0.97 1.08
2 4 0.399 0.564 0.69 0.796 0.889 1.12 1.25
2.5 5 0.447 0.631 0.722 0.891 0.995 1.25 1.4
3 6 0.489 0.692 0.846 0.977 1.091 1.38 1.54
4 8 0.565 0.799 0.978 1.129 1.261 1.59 1.78
5 10 0.632 0.894 1.094 1.262 1.411 1.78 1.99
6 12 0.693 0.979 1.198 1.383 1.546 1.95 2.18
7 14 0.748 1.058 1.295 1.495 1.67 2.11 2.36
8 16 0.8 1.131 1.384 1.598 1.786 2.26 2.52
9 18 0.848 1.199 1.468 1.695 1.895 2.39 2.68
10 20 0.894 1.264 1.548 1.787 1.997 2.52 2.82
Diameter Depth of cut (Ad, mm)
Radius Dia 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1 2 3
0.1 0.2
0.2 0.4 0.39 0.4
0.3 0.6 0.52 0.57 0.6
0.4 0.8 0.62 0.69 0.77
0.5 1 0.71 0.8 0.92 1
1 2 1.05 1.2 1.43 1.73 1.96 2
1.5 3 1.31 1.5 1.8 2.24 2.65 2.83
2 4 1.52 1.74 2.11 2.65 3.2 3.46 4
2.5 5 1.71 1.96 2.37 3 3.67 4 4.9
3 6 1.87 2.15 2.62 3.32 4.08 4.47 5.66 6
4 8 2.17 2.5 3.04 3.87 4.8 5.29 6.93 7.75
5 10 2.43 2.8 3.41 4.36 5.43 6 8 9.17
6 12 2.67 3.07 3.75 4.8 5.99 6.63 8.94 10.39
7 14 2.88 3.32 4.05 5.2 6.5 7.21 9.8 11.49
8 16 3.08 3.56 4.34 5.57 6.97 7.75 10.58 12.49
9 18 3.27 3.77 4.61 5.92 7.42 8.25 11.31 13.42
10 20 3.45 3.98 4.86 6.24 7.84 8.72 12 14.28
d = 2 Ad (D-Ad)
Tool diameter : D
: d
: Ad
Actual tool diameter : d
Depth of cut : Ad
D
9
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TF TF

Trouble shooting
Trouble Shooting
Trouble Caused by Solution
Chipping
Sharp cutting edge
Chatter/Vibration
Low cutting speed
Excessive overhang
Unreliable chucking of end mill
Unstable workpiece
Chamfer or round the cutting edge to reduce sharp edge
Reduce RPM
Increase RPM - or change to a high helix end mill
Reduce tool overhang to minimum possible
Check run out and change to a more precise system
Try to improve stability and clamping or reduce cutting conditions
Wear
High cutting speeds
Low feedrate
Incorrect helix on end mill
Up milling
Hard material
Poor chip evacuation
Material with low heat conductivity
Too small primary relief angle
Check the cutting data - and select the recommended conditions
Check the cutting data - and select the recommended conditions
Check the recommended cutter for the material being machined
Change to Down Mill machining
Replace end mill with correct style as recommended
or change to TiAlN coated cutter
Use air-blast or flood coolant to remove chips or replace
cutter with a lower number of flutes.
Increase feedrate - use a sharp edged end mill
Change to large relief angle
Tool
breakage
Excessive chipping or wear
Excessive feedrate
Excessive cutting forces
Excessive overhang
Regrind cutter or replace
Reduce feedrate to recommended conditions
Check conditions - reduce/increase RPM or feed to the
recommended conditions
Reduce to minimum possible
Surface
finish
Chatter
Built-up edge
Tool wear
High feed - low speed
Check recommended data and change cutting conditions
Increase speed - use higher helix cutter or climb mill and
apply flood coolant
Regrind or replace cutter
Reduce feedrate and increase RPM to recommended conditions
Accuracy
of finished
workpiece
Cutting condition
Excessive feedrate
Number of flutes
Tool deflection
Poor rigidity
Start with the recommended cutting conditions
Reduce as required to achieve the required surface finish
and part accuracy
Replace high flute number end mill
Use large diameter and short fluted tool and
minimize overhang
Change machine holder or cutting conditions
Burrs
Too much wear on primary relief
Incorrect conditions
Improper cutting angle
Regrind at earlier stage
Correct milling conditions
Change to correct cutting angle
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Tooling System
ER Collet & TSK Collet TG2
T-CLICK TG5
T-BALANCE TG6
T-HYCHUCK TG7
T-SHRINK TG8
Tap Chuck TG9
FITBORE TG10
GYRO TG11
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TG TG
Sealed collet jet
For straight shank cutting tools
with internal coolant supply
Sealed collet jet 2
With angular double nozzle.
Coolant flow is direct to the cutting edge
- for use with standard straight shank
cutting tools (without coolant hole)
Sealed collet
Application
ER collets are used for applications requiring through coolant, as well as for standard cutting tools such as
drills, boring bars, end mills, reamers, taps and special tools.
They provide an effective solution for accurate controled coolant fow.
Front sealing collets are available for advanced high speed machines with through coolant spindles/turrets.
They provide maximum performance, high cutting speeds, extended tool life and high quality surface fnish.
Features
- A revolutionary high precision front sealing collet with 1.00mm collapsibility that has through coolant capability
- Increased machining effciency
- Extended tool life
- Has powerful gripping and parallel clamping
- Front sealing provides protection from contamination
- Fast chip removal from work piece
Advantages
- High-pressure coolant supply up to 100 bar
- Eliminates coolant fow interference
Notes
- For maximum security and clamping power, the cutting tool shank must be inserted into the collet to
a minimum depth of 2 X shank diameter
- In sealed collet JET2 the nozzle must be adjusted directly to the fute of the cutting tool
- Suitable for all shank standards
TaeguTec ER coolit sealed collet
Two types:
Shank standards
Plain shank
WELDON/DIN 1835/B
Whistle notch
Technical Guide - Collet
D
3
D
2
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3 2
TG TG
ER - Top clamping nut DIN 6499
Description
The friction ER Nut has a unique two piece exclusive friction mechanism combining radial and angular
self-centering movements.
Features
- Unique two piece friction bearing
- Radial and angular foat for better concentricity
- Powerful gripping force, 50-100% higher than standard ER nut due to the friction bearing mechanism
- Balanced for higher spindle speed due to unique extractor teeth design
- Compact design - general dimensions and size range are the same as the standard nut sealed design
for use with sealed collets
Operation
To insert collet: Always assemble the collet into the nut before mounting onto the collet chuck.
Inserting procedure
Insert the collet slantwise, ftting the two protruding extractor teeth (A) into the collet groove (B).
Place the two parts onto a clean and horizontal surface.
Press down with your thumb on the back end of the collet until it clicks into place (C).
Important
Never insert the collet parallel to the extractor ring. This will chip or break the teeth of the extractor.
When unclamping the nut, the collet will self release from the chuck by means of the extractor teeth.
Extracting procedure
1. Align the diamond-shaped engraved logo which is on the silver ring (D) to any of the key slots (E) of the nut.
2. Place the nut with the collet facing down on a clean and horizontal work surface.
3. Insert a screwdriver vertically between the nut slots and the collet on the reverse side of the diamond shaped
engraved logo (D).
4. Tilt the screwdriver outwards while helping the extraction by pushing the back of the collet in the opposite direction (F).
A A
C B
Extractor teeth
Collet
groove
Note:
For maximum performance the clamping nut thread
and collet taper must be cleaned and oiled before use.
Recommended clamping torque for
standard ER & ER-Top clamping nut
E
D
F
Technical Guide - Collet
Nut type Kg m
ER-11 5
ER-11M 3
ER-16 7
ER-16M 4
ER-20 12
ER-20M 8
ER-25 20
ER-32 22
ER-40 25
ER-50 35
Important:
The torque is calculated
to suit the maximum
diameter capacity of
each collet. The torque
should be gradually
reduced when used with
a smaller shank size.
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TG TG
Features & advantages
- Excellent accuracy & good gripping power by gentle taper angle (ER collet : 8, TSK collet : 4)
- Slim design for deep and cavity machining
- Suitable on high speed machining
- Variety of TSK collets (normal & coolant type)
- General machining using drill & end mill
Application
- General machining using drill & end mill
- High speed machining for mold & die industry
- Accurate machining using reamer & end mill
How to assemble the collet with a nut
Technical Guide - TSK Slim Collet Chuck
1. Insert the back end of
the collet (c) into
the assembly device (a)
2. Insert the combined
part (a+c) in the nut (b)
3. Pluck out the assembly device (a)
from the remaining part (b+c)
a. Assembly device
(provided with the set)
b. Nut c. Collet
D
5
D
4
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5 4
TG TG
Quick-change system
DIN 69871
HSK
BT MAS 403
T-CLICK advantages
- Taper and face contact
- Ideal for high speed machining
- High precision: low run-out
- Excellent rigidity
- Quick and easy clamping
Quick-change advantages
- Quick tool change - the taper shank and the holder connect in a quick half turn
- No thermal shock on holder taper
- Flexibility in diameter and length
- Eliminates the use of extension chuck
- No spare parts required
- T-CLICK blanks available to provide custom made tooling
- Shrink clamping for solid carbide tooling
Tightening torque: 235N.m
Technical Guide - Quick Change Holder
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TG TG
Balanceable collet chuck system
- Direct reading precision rings for high grade balance
- Simple procedure on all types of balancing machines
- Static and dynamic balance
Operating instructions
The following procedure should be adjusted according to the specifc type of balancing machine being used.
1. Loosen the 3 locking screws on the angle reference ring (blue). Align the two balancing rings (gold-colored) to
the 0 position on the angle reference ring. After the rings are all aligned, tighten the 3 locking screws.
2. Insert the collet chuck into the spindle and tighten it using the pull stud.
Insert the cutting tool into the collet chuck, adjust to desired projection and clamp it.
3. Enter the required parameters on the balancing machine: balancing grade (G..), RPM, etc.
4. Run a test with the assembled collet chuck on the balancing machine.
Read the results for the unbalance angle orientation and the gr x mm unbalance value.
5. Loosen the 3 locking screws on the angle reference ring and align the two balancing rings with the measured
unbalance value. Rotate both balancing rings to the unbalance angle on the angle reference ring (or to the laser
mark on balancing machines with a laser indicator). Tighten the locking screws.
6. Run a second test with the assembled collet chuck and read the results

- Note: The reading should be within tolerance or very close
If the necessary balance on the machine has been achieved, the tool is ready for
operation. If the balance is out of tolerance, one of the following procedures should
be performed:
- First option
: IF unbalance is within 0-3 gr x mm and within 20 from original angle,
THEN increase the original value of gr x mm on the balancing rings according to the reading on the machine,
without changing the original angle position.
- Second option
: IF unbalance is within 0-3 gr x mm at an angle of approximately 180 from original angle,
THEN decrease the original value of gr x mm on the balancing rings according to the reading on the machine
without changing the original angle position.
- Third option
: IF unbalance is less than 1 gr x mm at an angle between 20 to 90 from the original angle,
THEN rotate both balancing rings approximately 5 towards the indicated direction.
- Fourth option
: On some balancing machines it is possible to adjust the unbalance by rotating the peak point marked on
the balancing rings to the required angular position.
Technical Guide - Balanceable Chuck
DIN 69871
HSK
BT MAS 403
Peak point
"0" position balance to G2.5 20K
D
7
D
6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7 6
TG TG
Features & advantages
- Consistent gripping force
- Excellent accuracy (run-out : within 5

)
- Convenient and safe tool change using a clamping screw
- Can use THC straight collets (normal & coolant type)
Application
- Accurate machining: fne milling - Drilling: small diameter using carbide drill
: reaming : for Al or Cast Iron
: fne boring
Operation
- Tool mounting
: Insert the tool shank between Lmax and Lmin (Fig 1) and then, turn the clamping screw clockwise until
it can no longer rotate
- Tool releasing
: To release the tool from the hydraulic chuck, turn the clamping screw in a counter clock-wise direction
approximately 5 or 6 evolutions and remove the tool shank
- Notice
: Eliminate grease, coolant oil and any dirt from the internal bore of the Hydraulic chuck and tool shank prior
to mounting
: Ensure the minimum chucking length (L min) is maintained (see fg 1 & table 1)
: Cylindrical tool shanks available in accordance with h6 tolerance (table 2) and Ra min =0.3

(ground) and
weldon shanks should be used in collet only
: Remove the end tool from the hydraulic chuck when not in use for long periods of time
: Do not turn the clamping screw prior to tool mounting in the hydraulic chuck
*Please refer to the backface for information tables.
Figure 1. Tool structure


Table 1. recommended minimum &
maximum depth (L) of end tool insertion Table 2. h6 tolerance range Table 3. clamping torque


Technical Guide - Hydraulic Chuck
Inner bore
diameter (mm)
L min
(mm)
L max
(mm)
6 27.5 37.5
8 27.5 37.5
10 32.5 42.5
12 37.5 47.5
14 37.5 47.5
16 42.5 52.5
20 42.5 52.5
25 51 61
32 55 65
Shank size
(mm)
h6 tolerance
range()
3
0
-6
3 6
0
-8
6 10
0
-9
10 18
0
-11
18 30
0
-13
30 50
0
-16
Inner bore
diameter (mm)
Clamping
torque(N*m)
6 10
8 25
10 40
12 65
14 90
16 120
20 240
25 260
32 450
Actuator
Clamping screw
(1)
Clamping sleeve
Stopper
Hydraulic oil
Lmax
Lmin
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TG TG
Thermal T-SHRINK chucking system
T-SHRINK chucking system
The thermal T-SHRINK ER collet chucking system is an enhancement to the existing popular ER system.
The T-SHRINK collets utilize the thermal shrink phenomena for rigid clamping of solid carbide cutters.
This new system provides higher torque, precision runout and better repeatability.
The T-SHRINK collets with their slim design and different projection length allows the user
to reach into deeper cavities and perform narrow milling applications.
TaeguTec offers a complete system for T-SHRINK ER collets, including a uniquely
designed heating unit with a portable heating handle. The unit is equipped with
a high-tech temperature control for easy and practical use at the machining
center or in the tool room.
For carbide tools only
Features
- Slim design to maximize effectiveness and application access
- Flexible - fts into standard ER chucks
- High torque transfer
- Rigid clamping of carbide tools
- High precision low runout
- Perfect repeatability
- Vibration damping
- Coolant JET2 available
- Symmetrical design for high speed machining
- Quick and easy tool changing
- Unique T-SHRINK heating unit with portable handle
Technical Guide - Thermal Chucking System
h6 L(mm) Max. T.I.R
35 7

60 9

85 10

Clamping time
15-45 sec
h6
0.003mm
D
9
D
8
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9 8
TG TG
GTI-Tap attachment
Description
Short tap chucks for ER collets
Application
Axial-foat/tension/compression type for CNC milling machines and lathes with reversing motors and rigid tapping
Features
- Compensates for machine feed and tap pitch variance
- Floating mechanism compensates for misalignment between tap and workpiece
- Right and left-hand tapping
Advantages
- Practical and effcient tap holding by the ER spring collet without using drive jaw
- Compact design for minimal clearance applications
- Heavy-duty design for high torque drive ensures the same accuracy as the tap itself
Operation
For through and blind hole tapping
Technical Guide - Tap Chuck
DIN 69871 BT MAS-403 Straight shank
1. Enter feed rate
according to thread
pitch (or 1-2% lower),
and set spindle to
starting point with
0.08mm clearance.
2. Start spindle forward
with right hand rotation
until reaching desired
depth.
3. Stop feed and rotation
and reverse to starting
point.
A
B
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TG TG
Adjustable rotary tool holder indexable insert drills
Application
For use on machining centres and drilling machines
Features
- Diameter adjustment range 0.30mm to +1.30mm
- Guaranteed bore tolerance of 0.02mm
- Through the shank coolant design or Type B coolant through the fange
- Coolant pressure up to 70 bar
Operation
Best results are achieved on a preset machine or similar device.
- Adjust with screws A or B. Preset should be made on a pre-setter to minus 0.3 mm on required diameter
- Tighten the clamp screws A and B
- On the machine, make a test cut, measure the bore diameter and then adjust to required diameter
- Final adjustment to the desired diameter can be made on the machine with dial indicator or on the pre-setter
Technical Guide - Adjustable Diameter Chuck
Max:
D+1.3
Min:
D-0.3
D
11
D
10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11 10
TG TG
GYRO - Radial and angular alignment of tool holder
Advantages
- Easy adjustment for correcting misalignment between chuck and turret axis (drill and workpiece)
- Precise and effcient tool clamping with ER collets and ER sealed coolit jet collets
- Quick functional adjustment is made on machine by using plug and ring gauge kit
Operation
Operating instructions are included with each tool supplied.
Notes
- Coolant supply should be minimum 10 bar and maximum 80 bar for small diameter oil hole drills
: ranging from 3~20mm (the normal machine pressure of 4 bar is insuffcient)
- Coolant fltration is important to eliminate chips from blocking the drill oil hole
- To ensure maximum performance of the GYRO, the backlash of the turret indexing and support axis mechanism
should be checked and re-adjusted according to the machine standard
GYRO - Radial and angular alignment of tool holder
Adjustable tool holder for easy adjustment of radial and angular misalignment
Application
Gyro is a rugged and adjustable toolholder to solve drilling, tapping and reaming problems encountered on
CNC and turret lathes. Its unique design allows smooth and easy adjustment of radial and angular misalignment
between chuck and turret.
Gyro reduces total machining time by making it possible to complete machining of holes in one drilling step and
achieve tolerances as close as 0.01mm, thereby eliminating subsequent boring or reaming operations.
- A breakthrough in drilling technology for CNC lathes
- Dramatic increase in tool performance at reduced cost
Features
- Enables high precision drilling to a close tolerance of 0.01mm, to be performed as a fnal boring operation on CNC lathes
- Reduces machining cycle time by completing the bore in one drilling step, eliminating secondary turning and
boring operations
- Prolongs tool life tenfold, especially when using HSS, solid and brazed carbide drills, taps and reamers
- Permits increase in speeds and feeds by up to 300%
- Coolant supply through the centre of the unit via the tool shoulder for oil fed drilling
Technical Guide - Alignment Tool Holder
T.I.R. max 0.02mm
Angular Adj. 1
Radial Adj. 2.0mm
GYRO
Operating Instructions TH2
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-MPT(Modular Precision Tooling)
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
2
TH
Operating Instructions
Fine boring head BHF 16-50 and BHE
Sleeve
Nut
IHAXF
Reduction sleeve
IHAXF
BBH
IHFF
IHFF
2
3
5
1
4
11
6
10
8
*
*
BHF 50
7
9
Assembly
- When mounting the BHF boring head, the expanding
pin should be kept tightly inside the cylindrical body
- Insert the BHF into the shank
- Tighten the pin (2) by turning clockwise
The recommended tightening torque guidelines are as
follows:
Recommended Torque (Nm)
BHF MB16 - 16 x 34 2.0 - 2.5
BHF MB20 - 20 x 40 4.0 - 4.5
BHF MB25 - 25 x 50 6.5 - 7.5
BHF MB32 - 32 x 63 7.0 - 8.0
BHF MB40 - 40 x 80 16.0 - 18.0
BHF MB50 - 50 x 60 30.0 - 35.0
- Insert screw (5) until it completely enters the recess
in the sleeve nut or boring bar
Disassembly
Loosen the pin (2) by turning counter-clockwise
Positioning
- Loosen the screw (4) before making any slide
adjustment
- By turning the graduated dial (3) counterclockwise,
set the tool slide (7) allowance for a 4mm adjustment
- Lock the tool slide by means of screw (4), to the
desired position
- Lock the screw (4)
- When making any slide adjustment, firstly loosen the
screw (4)
Maintenance
Weekly:
- Lubricate through the oiling nipple (8) with ISO UN
G220 oil
Periodically:
- Clean the conical cylindrical surface and then lubricate
- Grease the expanding pin (2) with an anti-friction
lubricant
- Clean and lubricate the tool slide guideway
Important note:
Toolholder should be firmly affixed to the slide at all
times
Slide adjusting range
Do not exceed the range marks!!
Cutting edge position mark
10
11
Body
Expanding pin
Graduated dial
Slide locking screw
1
2
3
Toolholder
locking screw
Coolant nozzle
5
6
Slide holder
Oiling nipple
Tool bore .63H7
7
8
9
4
*
*
* Due to back-lash phenomenon, if you pass the required value, turn the dial (3) in the reverse direction at least one
rotation and then re-adjust in the original direction
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3
TH
Operating Instructions
Fine boring head BHF 63-125
Assembly
- When mounting the BHF boring head, the expanding
pin should be kept tightly inside the cylindrical body
- Insert BHF into the shank
- Tighten the pin (2), by turning clockwise
The recommended tightening torque guidelines are as
follows:
Recommended Torque (Nm)
BHF MB50 - 63 x 87 30 - 35
BHF MB50 - 80 x 94 30 - 35
BHF MB63 - 63 x 87 80 - 90
BHF MB80 - 80 x 94 80 - 90
BHF MB80 - 125 x 94 80 - 90
BHF MB50 - 50 x 60 30.0 - 35.0
- Insert the screw (5) until it completely enters the recess
in the sleeve nut or boring bar
Disassembly
- Loosen the pin (2) by turning counterclockwise
Positioning
- Loosen the screw (4) before making any slide
adjustment
- By turning the graduated dial (3) counterclockwise, set
the tool slide(7) allowance for a 4mm adjustment
- Lock the tool slide by means of screw (4), to the
desired position
- Lock the screw (4)
- When making any slide adjustment, firstly loosen the
screw (4)
Maintenance
Weekly:
- Lubricate through the oiling nipple (8) with ISO UN
G220 oil
Periodically:
- Clean the conical cylindrical surface and thenlubricate
- Grease the expanding pin (2) with an anti-friction
lubricant
- Clean and lubricate the tool slide guideway
Important note:
Toolholder should be firmly affixed to the slide at all
times
* Due to back-lash phenomenon, if you pass the required value, turn the dial (3) in the reverse direction at least one rotation and
then re-adjust in the original direction
1
0
9
8
76
5
4
3
2
IHFF
IHFF / IHRF
ADBH 30xD16
IHAXF
BBH
BHFH
3
4
1
6 2
8
5
9
7
*
*
Toolholder locking screws
Slide adjusting range
Do not exceed
the range marks
9
10
Body
Expanding pin
Graduated dial
1
2
3
Slide locking screw
Toolholder
locking screw
4
5
Coolant nozzle
Slide holder
Oiling nipple
6
7
8
*
*
10
Grades Classification TI2
Grades Recommendation TI4
Grades Chart by Product Line TI8
Cermet / Ceramic / CBN / PCD Grades TI11
Grades Comparison Table TI19
Turning Chip Breaker Comparison Table TI23
Material Conversion Table TI26
TECHNICAL GUIDE
-Grades
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
2
TI
Grades Classification
The TaeguTec coated grades are produced from a specialized technical process that incorporates CVD and
PVD products that cover a wide cutting range. This range includes grades for high speed machining to heavy
rough machining. Such diversity is possible with TaeguTecs high wear resistant ceramic coating layer that has
characteristics such as chipping-resistance on hard and/or toughened substrates.
CVD coated products have two main coating layers that are strengthened MT CVD TiCN and a microstructure-
controlled Alpha Alumina with specially designed substrate that toughens the cutting edge. The PVD coated
products have been developed with a combination of TiAlN, AlTiN and AlTiCrN that is produced with TaeguTecs
unique process of controlling the nano-scale structure and residual stresses.
Following the coating process, TaeguTec introduces its Gold-Rush concept, this smooth new coating surface
with a shiny yellow color gives the cutting edge lower friction and an anti-adhesion to the material during
machining.
The best performance in each application is a result of selecting the suitable combination of grade and
geometry according to the machining environment. This accounts for the workpiece materials, cutting
conditions, coolants and machine.
Turning grades
Coated
CVD
TT7005
TT7015
TT8135
TT7310
TT5100
TT8115
TT7100
TT9225
TT9235
TT8125
TT9215
Uncoated
CT3000
PVD
PV3010
PV3030
CBN
TB650
TB610
TB670
TB730
KB90A
PCD
KP500
KP300
KP100
TD810
Uncoated
K
K10
P
P20
P30
Cermet
Uncoated
AW120
AB20
AB30
TC430
AS500
AS10
AS20
CVD
SC10
PVD
AB2010
Ceramic
Threading grades
Uncoated
TT7010
TT8010
TT9030
K P
UF10 P30
Coated
PVD
PVD
TT5080
TT9080
TT8020
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
3
TI
Grades Classification
CVD PVD PVD
TT9080
TT8020 TT8020
TT9100 TT7220
TT6300
TT9080
K10 K10 AW120
AB30
AS10
AS500
Uncoated
Uncoated
Uncoated
PVD
PVD
TT5100
TT6080 TT6080
CT3000
CT3000
CT3000
CT7000
PV3010
PV3010
PV3030
PV3030
TB610
TB650
TB670
TB730
Parting and grooving
Coated Uncoated
Turning & grooving
Uncoated Coated Ceramic Cermet Cermet CBN
PCD
TD810
KP300
KP500
KP100
Milling grades
Parting & grooving grades
Holemaking grades
Uncoated
Uncoated
Coated
Coated
K
K
K10
K10
UF10
UF10
UF1A
CVD
TT7800
TT6800
TT7400
PVD CVD
PVD
TT6030
Ceramic
AS10
AS20
CBN
KB90
KB90A
PCD
TD810
KP300
KP500
KP100
P
P30
Cermet
TT7080 TT2510
TT9030
TT8020 TT5505
TT9080
TT8080 TT5515
TT9030 TT5525
TT9080 TT6080
TT8020 TT9300
Ultra fine grades
Ultra fine grades
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
4
TI
Grades Recommendation
For turning
Materials Carbon steel, Alloy steel, Mild steel
Cutting condition Finish-light Medium Rough
ISO P01 P10 P20 P30 P40 P50
Coated
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Coated
Ceramic
CBN
PCD
Materials Hardened steel
Cutting condition Finish Medium
Coated
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Coated
Ceramic
CBN
PCD
Stainless steel
Finish-light Medium
Heat resistant alloy
Finish Medium
Non-ferrous
Finish Medium
Cast iron
High
speed
Finish Medium
K01 K10 K20 K30
TT7100
TT5100
TT8020
TT8115
TT8125
TT8135
PV3010
CT3000 CT3000
P20 P30
TT7005
TT7015(TT7310)
K10 K20
AW120
AB30
AS500
AS10
KB90A
TB730
AB2010
AB20
AB30
TB610
TB650
TB670
TT9080
TT8020
TT9215 TT9215
TT9225 TT9225
TT9235 TT9235
TT5080
PV3010
CT3000
TT5080
TT8020
TB730
AS20
TC430
K10
KP500
TD810
KP300
SC10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
5
TI
For parting & grooving
Materials Carbon steel, alloy steel, Mild steel
Cutting condition
High
Speed
Finish-light Medium Rough
ISO / ANSI P01 P10 P20 P30 P40 P50
Coated
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Ceramic
CBN
PCD
For threading
Materials Carbon steel, Alloy steel, Mild steel
Cutting condition
High
Speed
Finish-light Medium Rough
ISO P01 P10 P20 P30 P40
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Materials Hardened steel
Cutting condition Finish Medium
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Stainless steel
Finish-light Medium
Heat resistant alloy
Finish Medium
Non-ferrous
Finish Medium
Materials Hardened steel
Cutting condition Finish
Coated
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Coated
Ceramic
CBN
PCD
Stainless steel
Finish-light Medium
Heat resistant alloy
Finish Medium
Non-ferrous
Finish Medium
Cast iron
High
Speed
Finish Medium
K01 K10 K20 K30
Cast iron
High
Speed
Finish Medium
K01 K10 K20
TT8010
TT7010
TT7010
TT9030
TT9030 TT9030
TT9030
P30 UF10
UF10 UF10
TT9030 TT9030
TT8010 TT8010
PV3030
CT3000
TT8020
TT7220
TT5100
TT9080
TT9100
K10
TT6080
TT6300
AB30
KB90
AB30
TB610
TB650
TB670
TT5100
PV3030
TT8020 TT8020
CT3000
TT9080 TT9080
K10
KP300
K10
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
6
TI
For milling
Materials Carbon steel, Alloy steel, Mild steel
Cutting condition
High
speed
Finish-light Medium Rough
ISO P01 P10 P20 P30 P40(M40)
Coated
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Coated
CBN
PCD
Cast iron
High
speed
Finish Medium
K01 K10 K20 K30
KB90
KB90A
TT6080
AS10
K10
TT6800
CT7000
KB90
KB90A
CT7000
CT3000
P30
TT5525,TT9030, TT9080
TT8020
TT8080
TT7080
TT2510,TT5505
TT5515
TT7800
Materials Hardened steel
Cutting condition Finish Medium
Coated
Coated
Cermet
Uncoated
Coated
Ceramic
CBN
PCD
Stainless steel
Finish-light Medium
Heat resistant alloy
Finish Medium
Non-ferrous
Finish Medium
AS20
KP500
KP300
CT3000
CT7000
TT7800
K10,UF10
TT8020
TT2510,TT5505
TT6080
TT5515
TT8080
TT8020 TT8020
TT6080
TT5525, TT9030,TT9080
TT9030,TT9080
TT8080
Grades Recommendation
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
7
TI
Coated Application

Based on application (Coated)
Notice:
This is a standardised classification chart designed for user
convenience.
In real world conditions performance may vary due to
machine, workpiece, working conditions as well as other
environmental factors.
It is recommended to co-ordinate the concerned application
with representative TaeguTec technical staff.
Application Grades
Range
P M K
N S H
Turning
TT7005
K01-K15
TT7015
K10-K25
TT8115
P05-P20
TT9215 M05-M20

S05-S20
TT5080 M05-M25

S05-S25
TT8125
P15-P30
TT5100
P20-P35
TT9225 M15-M30

S15-S30
TT9020 P20-M40

M20-M40
TT9080 M20-M40

S20-S40
TT8135
P25-P40
TT7100
P30-P45
TT9235 M25-M40

S25-S40
TT8020
P30-P50

M30-M50
S30-S50
Milling
TT2510
P05-P25

H05-H25
TT6800
P10-P25

K10-K25
TT6080
K05-K25

H05-H25

TT7080
P05-P25

K05-K25
TT9080
P20-P40

M20-M40
S20-S40
TT9030
P20-P40

M20-M40
S20-S40
TT7800
P30-P45

M30-M45
TT8080
P30-P50

M30-M50
S30-S50
TT8020
P30-P50

M30-M50
S30-S50
Parting
& Grooving
TT6300
K01-K15
TT6080
K05-K25

H05-H25
TT9100
P10-P25
TT5100
P20-P35

M20-M35
TT9080
P20-P40

M20-M40
S20-S40
TT7220
P25-P45

M25-M45
TT8020
P30-P50

M30-M50
S30-S50
Harder
Tougher
Harder
Tougher
Harder
Tougher
Application Grades
Range
P M K
N S H

Holemaking
TT6080
K05-K25

H05-H25
TT9300
P10-P25
TT7400
P10-P25

TT9080
P20-P40

M20-M40
S20-S40
TT9030
P20-P40

M20-M40
S20-S40
TT8020
P30-P50

M30-M50
S30-S50
Threading
TT7010
P05-P25

K05-K25
TT9030
P20-P40

M20-M40
S20-S40
TT8010
P30-P50

M30-M50
S30-S50

Solid carbide
end mill &

TT5505
P05-P25

H05-H25
TT5515
P10-P30

M10-M30
K10-K30

S10-S30
H10-H30
TT5525
P20-P40

M20-M40
S20-S40
TT9020 M20-M40
Harder
Tougher
Harder
Tougher
Harder
Tougher
FINE
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
8
TI
Grades
ISO
Range
P M K
N S H
Application
Workpiece material and application
T
u
r
n
i
n
g
M
i
l
l
i
n
g
P
a
r
t
i
n
g

&

G
r
o
o
v
i
n
g
H
o
l
e
m
a
k
i
n
g
T
h
r
e
a
d
i
n
g
E
n
d

m
i
l
l
i
n
g

/

F
i
n
e

b
a
l
l
CVD
coated
carbide
TT5100



Medium turning of low carbon steel and alloy steel

Medium & low speed machining of stainless steel


TT6300

High speed turning & grooving of cast iron


TT6800

High speed milling of gray and ductile cast iron

High speed milling of steel


TT7005

High speed continuous turning for gray and ductile cast iron
TT7015

General, continuous and interrupted turning of gray and ductile cast iron
TT7100

Interrupted and rough turning of steel


TT7400
High speed drilling of carbon & alloy steel
TT7800

Rough milling of carbon & alloy steel

Medium speed milling of stainless steel


TT8115

High speed turning of steel


TT8125

General turning of steel


TT8135

Heavy Interrupted turning of steel. Improved higher toughness and superior fracture resistance
TT9100

High speed turning & grooving


TT9215

High speed turning of stainless steel

High & medium speed machining of heat-resistant alloy


TT9225

General turning of stainless steel

Medium speed machining of heat-resistant alloy


TT9235

Low speed and interrupted turning of stainless steel

Low speed machining of heat-resistant alloy


TT9300

High speed drilling of carbon & alloy steel


PVD
coated
carbide
TT2510

High speed milling of steel

High speed milling of hardened steel


TT5080

High speed fnish turning of stainless steel

High speed turning of heat-resistant alloy


TT5505

High speed milling of steel

High speed milling of hardened steel


TT5515

High speed milling of steel. Excellent wear and heat resistance

General milling of stainless steel

General milling of cast iron

General milling of heat-resistant alloy

High speed milling of hardened steel. Excellent wear resistance


TT5525

High speed milling of steel

High speed milling of stainless steel

High speed milling of heat-resistant alloy


TT6080


General machining for gray and ductile cast iron

Finish and medium machining of hardened steel
Grades Chart by Product Line

Based on grades
P20 - P35
M20 - M35
K01-K15
K10 - K25
P10-P25
K01 - K15
K10 - K25
P30 - P45
P10 - P25
P30 - P45
M30 - M45
P05 - P20
P15 - P30
P25 - P40
P10 - P25
M05 - M20
S05-S20
M15 - M30
S15 - S30
M25 - M40
S25 - S40
P10 - P25
P05 - P25
P05 - P25
P10 - P30
M10 - M30
K10 - K30
S10 - S30
H10 - H30
H05 - H25
H05 - H25
M05- M25
S05 - S25
K05 - K25
H05 - H25
P20 - P40
M20 - M40
S20 - S40
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
9
TI
Grades
ISO
Range
P M K
N S H
Application
Workpiece material and application
T
u
r
n
i
n
g
M
i
l
l
i
n
g
P
a
r
t
i
n
g

&

G
r
o
o
v
i
n
g
H
o
l
e
m
a
k
i
n
g
T
h
r
e
a
d
i
n
g
E
n
d

m
i
l
l
i
n
g

/

F
i
n
e

b
a
l
l
PVD
coated
carbide
TT7010

Threading of steel

Threading of cast iron


TT7080

General milling of steel

Heavy interrupted cutting of cast iron


TT7220

Parting, grooving, turn grooving & drilling of steel

Parting, grooving, turn grooving & drilling of stainless steel


TT8010

For a wide range of threading on low carbon steel & low carbon alloy steel

For a wide range of threading on stainless steel & exotic materials

Toughest grade in threading product line


TT8020

Interrupted and rough machining of steel

Interrupted and rough machining of stainless steel

Low speed and interrupted machining of heat-resistant alloy
TT8080

Interrupted and rough machining of steel

Interrupted and rough machining of stainless steel

Low speed and interrupted machining of heat-resistant alloy


TT9020

For small parts turning on steel

General machining of stainless steel
TT9030

General machining of steel

General machining of stainless steel

General machining of heat-resistant alloy
TT9080


General machining of steel

General machining of stainless steel

General machining of heat-resistant alloy
Carbide
K10

General machining of cast iron

General machining of aluminum alloys and non-ferrous materials

General machining of heat-resistant alloy
P30

General machining of steel
UF10

General machining of steel

General machining of stainless steel



General machining of aluminum alloys and non-ferrous materials
PVD
cermet
PV3010

High speed fnish machining of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel,
mold steel and free-cutting steel

High speed fnishing of stainless steel

High speed fnishing of cast iron
PV3030

High speed fnish machining of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel,
mold steel and free-cutting steel

High speed fnish and medium machining of austenite and
maltensite stainless steel

High speed fnish & medium machining of gray cast iron, nodular
and ductile cast iron
P25 - P45
M25 - M45
P30 - P50
M30 - M50
S30 - S50
P30 - P50
M30 - M50
S30 - S50
P30 - P50
M30 - M50
S30 - S50
P20 - P40
M20 - M40
P20 - P40
M20 - M40
S20 - S40
P20 - P40
M20 - M40
S20 - S40
K05 - K15
N05 - N15
S05 - S15
P25 - P35
P25 - P35
M25 - M35
N25 - N35
P05 - P20
M05 - M20
K05 - K20
P05 - P20
M05 - M20
K05 - K20
P05 - P25
P05 - P25
K05 - K25
K05 - K25
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
10
TI
Grades
ISO
Range
P M K
N S H
Application
Workpiece material and application
T
u
r
n
i
n
g
M
i
l
l
i
n
g
P
a
r
t
i
n
g

&

G
r
o
o
v
i
n
g
H
o
l
e
m
a
k
i
n
g
T
h
r
e
a
d
i
n
g
E
n
d

m
i
l
l
i
n
g

/

F
i
n
e

b
a
l
l
Cermet
CT3000

Finish machining of carbon steel, alloy steel, mild steel and mold steel
Good surface roughness

Finish machining of stainless steel. Good surface roughness

Finish machining of cast iron
CT7000

Finish milling of steel

Finish milling of stainless steel


Coated
ceramic
AB2010 PVD

High speed turning of hardened steel. Shiny yellow color
SC10 CVD

Roughing of cast iron with and without coolant
Ceramic
AW120

High speed continuous turning of cast iron. Excellent wear resistance
AB20

Turning of high hardness steel and cast iron (HRc 50-65)
AB30

Continuous to light interrupted turning of cast iron without coolant

High speed turning of hardened steel (HRc 40-50)
AS500

Roughing of cast iron with and without coolant. SiAlON grade
AS10

Turning and milling of cast iron
AS20

High speed turning and milling of superalloy
TC430

High speed turning and milling of superalloy. Whisker ceramics
CBN
TB610

Continuous turning of case hardened steel
TB650

General turning of case hardened steel
TB670

General turning of hardened steel
TB730

High speed precision turning of cast iron in continuous cut and
interrupted cut

Severe interrupted turning of heat-resistant alloy
KB90

High speed machining of cast iron

Machining of heat-resistant alloy
KB90A

High speed precision turning of cast iron Solid CBN
PCD
TD810

Multi modal composition for high speed of non-ferrous materials
KP500

High Si-Al alloy, hardmetal, metal composite & ceramic composite
materials
KP300

General turning and milling of non-ferrous materials
KP100

Non-ferrous metals. Good surface fnishes
P10 - P20
M10 - M20
K10 - K20
P15 - P25
M15 - M25
H01 - H10
K20 - K30
K01 - K10
H01 - H10
K05 - K15
H05 - H15
K10 - K20
K20 - K30
S05 - S20
S01 - S15
H01 - H10
H10 - H20
H15 - H25
K15 - K25
S05 - S20
K15 - K25
S05 - S20
K10 - K25
N05 - N15
N01 - N10
N10 - N20
N20 - N30
Grades Chart by Product Line

Based on grades
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
11
TI
TaeguTecs Cermet grades focus on stable machining and extended tool life when customers are focused upon
achieving high productivity levels and work piece consistency and stability. The TaeguTec grades deliver
excellent fnishes on any work material, ensuring the customer is confdent in the performance and productivity
levels of all TaeguTec products.
CT3000
Features
- High wear and oxidation resistance that delivers exceptional productivity levels as it can conduct extremely
high speed machining
- Strong adhesion resistance and solid cutting edges deliver fne surface fnishes and precise machining of
the workpiece
- High thermal conductivity that dissipates the heat generated during cutting
- CT3000 is classifed as a Functionally Graded Material and its surface compression enhances cutting edge
stability and makes cutting edges extremely strong
- Suitable for high speed fnish and semi-fnish turning operations on carbon and alloyed steels
CT7000
Features
- Excellent for interrupted cutting with its reinforced toughness that provides stable tool life
- Remarkable thermal shock resistance prevents sudden failure and always gives stable wear
on the cutting edges
- Chemical stability and chipping resistance provides long tool life
- Excellent surface fnishes can be achieved with specially designed cutting tool bodies
- Suitable for fnish and semi-fnish milling operations on carbon and alloyed steels
Applications
Cermet Grades
TaeguTec
grades
Application
Recommended
cutting conditions
CT3000
Finish
Semi-finish
Medium
- Suitable for finishing to semi-finishing of carbon
steel, alloy steel, mild steel, stainless steel and
cast iron
- Precise finish machining
- General turning and grooving
Steel
V : 100 - 450m/min
f : 0.03 - 0.5mm/rev
Cast
iron
V : 50 - 200m/min
f : 0.05 - 0.3mm/rev
Finish
Semi-finish
- High speed finish of carbon steel, alloy steel,
stainless steel and cast iron
- Precise finish machining
Steel
V : 100 - 350m/min
f : 0.05 - 0.3mm/rev
Cast
iron
V : 100 - 250m/min
f : 0.05 - 0.3mm/rev
CT7000
Finish
Semi-finish
Medium
- Finish, medium and interrupted milling of
carbon steel, alloy steel and mold steel
- Good surface roughness
- Suitable for unstable and interrupt machining
Steel
V : 100 - 300m/min
f : 0.05 - 0.4mm/rev
Cast
iron
V : 100 - 200m/min
f : 0.05 - 0.5mm/rev
Turning
Milling
Milling
P10 P20
P10 P20
P15 P25
M10 M20
M10 M20
M15 M25
K10 K20
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
12
TI
TaeguTecs ultrafne grades have improved hardness, toughness and strength levels when compared to
conventional cemented carbides grades. This is credit to the very fne (less than 1um) & extremely uniformly
sized grains of the WC (Tungsten carbide) and the tough Co (Cobalt) metal binder. These characteristics ensure
high wear resistance, high impact strength and excellent sharp edge strength. So, TaeguTecs ultrafne grades
can be applied to a wide range of cutting tools and applications. For example the grades can be used for
turning, milling and drilling applications on various workpiece materials with or without coatings.
Grades
UF1A, UF10, UF10N
Features
Suitable for end mills & drilling tools due to high toughness and
excellent wear resistance on low to medium applications
Comparison diagrams of UF with conventional grade
Ultra Fine Cemented Carbide Grades
UF grade (2000X)
Conventional grade (2000X)
TaeguTec
grades
Applications
Density
(g/cm
3
)
TRS
(kg/mm
2
)
Hardness
(HRA)
UF1A Reamer 14.9 > 400 > 93.0
UF10
Solid carbide end mills
& solid carbide drills
14.5 > 400 > 91.8
UF10N 14.4 > 400 > 93.0
Transverse rupture strength Application area
Applications
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
13
TI
TaeguTec has a wide range of high technology ceramic grades from excellent wear resistant high alumina grade
to silicon carbide whisker reinforced ceramic grades. The ceramic grade show very good performance in the
machining of hardened steel, cast iron and heat resistant super alloy.
Cast iron

AW120
- Excellent oxidation resistance and chemical stability
- High speed continuous turning without coolant
- Gray cast iron, Compacted graphite iron (CGI)
- Especially High Speed Dry Machining of Cylinder Liner
AB30
- High hardness and moderate fracture toughness
- High speed continuous and light interrupted turning
- Gray cast iron, Nodular cast iron, Alloy steel
AS500(SiAION)
- High fracture toughness and mechanical/thermal shock resistance
- General turning of cast iron with/without coolant
- Gray cast iron, Nodular cast iron
SC10 (CVD-TiN)
- High fracture toughness and mechanical/thermal shock resistance
- General turning of cast iron with/without coolant
- Gray cast iron, Nodular cast iron
AS10
- High fracture toughness and mechanical/thermal shock resistance
- General turning and milling of cast iron with/without coolant
- Gray cast iron, Nodular cast iron
Application area - Cast iron
Ceramic Grades
AW120
AS500
AW120
AB30
AS500
SC10
AS10
C
u
t
t
i
n
g

s
p
e
e
d
Feed rate
Elongated sialon grains
enhance the fracture
toughness.
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
14
TI
Hardened steel

AB2010 (PVD-TiN)
- Shiny gold colored ceramic with excellent wear resistance
- Comparable to low CBN grade in machining of hardened steel
- Hardened steel, alloy steel, tool steel, case hardened steel
- Coating improves tool life 50% than over uncoated grades
AB20
- High hardness and good oxidation resistance
- High speed continuous turning
- High hardness steel(Alloy steel, high speed steel, chilled cast iron)
Application area - Hardened steel
Exotic material
TC430 (Whisker)
- High hardness and high fracture toughness
- SiC whisker reinforced ceramic grade
- General turning and milling
- Ni-base superalloy, inconel, waspaloy, rene
AS20
- High fracture toughness and good chemical stability
- General turning and milling
- Ni-base superalloy, inconel, waspaloy, rene
Application area - Exotic material
Ceramic Grades
AB2010
TC430
Coating layer
TiN (1)
TC430
AS20
AB2010
AB20
C
u
t
t
i
n
g

s
p
e
e
d
C
u
t
t
i
n
g

s
p
e
e
d
Feed rate
Feed rate
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
15
TI
Ceramic grades properties
Ceramic Grades
Grades AW120 AB20 AB30 TC430 AS500 AS10 AS20
Composition Al2O3 Al2O3-TiCN Al2O3-TiC SiCw SiAlON Si3N4 Si3N4-TiN
Hardness (HRa) 93.8-94.3 94.5-95.0 94.5-95.0 95.0-95.5 93.8-94.3 93.5-94.0 93.0-93.5
Toughness (KIC) 3.0-3.5 3.0-3.5 3.2-3.7 4.5-5.5 5.0-6.0 5.0-6.0 5.0-6.0
Feature
Application Cast iron Hardened steel Cast iron Exotic material Cast iron Cast iron Exotic material
Materials AW120 AB2010 AB20 AB30 AS500 SC10 AS10 TC430 AS20
Gray
cast iron
(HB 180-230)
V(m/min) 400-1,000 300-800 400-1,000400-1,000 400-800
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.5 0.1-0.5 0.2-0.6 0.2-0.6 0.2-0.8
Ductile
cast iron
(HB 200-240)
V (m/min) 300-600 250-500 200-600 200-600 200-500
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.5 0.1-0.5 0.2-0.6
Chilled
cast iron
(> HB 400)
V (m/min) 50-200 50-200
f (mm/rev) 0.05-0.2 0.05-0.2
Hardened
steel
(HRc 40-50)
V (m/min) 100-400 100-400 100-300
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.2
Hardened
steel
(> HRc 50)
V (m/min) 50-250 50-250
f (mm/rev) 0.05-0.2 0.05-0.2
ADI or
HSS roll
V (m/min) 50-100 50-80 20-60
f (mm/rev) 0.2-0.5 0.2-0.5 0.2-0.7
Super alloy
(Ni-base)
V (m/min) 150-400 100-300
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3
Grades AB2010 SC10
Composition Al2O3-TiCN Si3N4
Hardness (HRa) 94.5-95.0 93.5-94.0
Toughness (KIC) 3.0-3.5 5.0-6.0
Coating layer TiN Al2O3/TiN
Application Hardened steel Cast iron
Chemically stable Physically stable
Coated ceramic grades properties
Recommended cutting conditions
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
16
TI
TaeguTec produces various kinds of CBN grades for the machining of hardened steels and cast iron in the world
wide market. They have extremely high hardness and moderate fracture toughness. And they have excellent
cutting performance and good fnish surfaces due to their chemical composition of grades and by state-of-the art
brazing technology.
TB610
- Excellent oxidation resistance and chemical stability
- From continuous to light interrupted turning
- High hardness steel
(Alloy steel, tool steel, case hardened steel)
TB670
- High hardness and impact resistance
- Severe interrupted turning
- Alloy steel, tool steel, case hardened steel,
chilled cast iron
KB90A (Solid format)
- High hardness and high fracture toughness
- Rough turning and milling
- Gray cast iron, nodular cast iron, carbide rolls
CBN Grades
CBN grade
Grades TB610 TB650 TB670 TB730(KB90) KB90A
CBN (%) 40-50 50-60 60-70 90-95 90-95
Hardness (Hv) 2,800-3,000 3,100-3,300 3,200-3,400 4,000-4,200 3,800-4,000
Feature
Application Hardened steel Hardened steel Hardened steel Cast iron Cast iron
Continuous cuts Interrupted cuts
Recommended cutting conditions
Materials TB610 TB650 TB670
TB730
(KB90)
KB90A
Gray cast iron
(HB 180-230)
V (m/min) 500-1,000 500-1,000
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3
Chilled cast
iron(> HB 400)
V (m/min) 80-150 80-150 80-150 80-150
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3
Hardened steel
(HRc 40-65)
V (m/min) 150-350 100-300 100-300
f (mm/rev) 0.05-0.2 0.05-0.2 0.1-0.3
Sintered metal
(Hv 200-600)
V (m/min) 100-300 100-300 100-250
f (mm/rev) 0.05-0.2 0.05-0.2 0.1-0.25
DCI or
HSS roll
V (m/min) 300-600 200-500
f (mm/rev) 0.05-0.2 0.05-0.2
Super alloy
(Ni-base)
V (m/min) 100-300 100-300
f (mm/rev) 0.05-0.2 0.05-0.2
TB610
TB650
TB670
KB90A
TB730(KB90)
Application area
C
u
t
t
i
n
g

s
p
e
e
d
Feed rate
TB650
- High hardness and moderate fracture toughness
- From continuous to interrupted turning
- Alloy steel, tool steel, case hardened steel,
chilled cast iron
TB730 (KB90)
- High hardness and high fracture toughness
- General turning and milling
- Gray cast iron, nodular cast iron, carbide rolls
TB730 TB670
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
17
TI
TaeguTec produces wide range of PCD grades through especially advanced grinding technology.
They have extremely high hardness and moderate fracture toughness.
And they have excellent cutting performance and good fnish surface in the machining of non-ferrous materials.
TD810
- Highly densifed grade with mixed coarse
and fne grains
- Combination of wear resistance and toughness
- MMC, high Si-Al alloys, high strength cast irons,
bi-metal applications, etc
KP300
- High hardness and moderate fracture toughness
- General turning and milling of non-ferrous metals
- Al-Si alloy, fber reinforced plastic (FRP),
hardmetal, carbon, etc.
Physical properties
PCD Grades
Application area Recommended cutting conditions
Materials TD810 KP500 KP300 KP100
Al alloy
(Si 12%)
V (m/min) 600-3,000 600-3,000 600-3,000
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3
Al alloy
(Si 12%)
V (m/min) 300-800 300-800 300-600
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3
Cu alloy
V (m/min) 500-1,000 500-1,000
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3
FRP
(Fiber
Reinforced
Plastic)
V (m/min) 300-1,000 300-1,000
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.4 0.1-0.4
Hardmetal
(WC-Co)
V (m/min) 10-50 10-50 10-50
f (mm/rev) 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.2
Carbon
V (m/min) 100-600 100-600
f (mm/rev) 0.3-1.0 0.3-1.0
KP500
TD810
KP300
KP100
C
u
t
t
i
n
g

s
p
e
e
d
Feed rate
KP500
- High diamond contents with coarse grain size
- High hardness and excellent wear resistance
- High Si-Al alloy, Al-composites (MMC) material,
Hardmetal
KP100
- High fracture toughness grade with fne grain size
diamond
- Interrupted cutting. Good fnish surfaces
- Low Si-Al alloy, wood, etc.
Grades TD810 KP500 KP300 KP100
Grain size () 30.2 25 10 2
TRS (MPa) 1,300 1,130 1,400 1,560
Feature
Combination of
wear resistance
and thermal stability
Wear resistance
(High PCD)
Balance of
wear resistance
and toughness
Toughness
(High binder)
Microstructure (x1k)
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
18
TI
Cemented carbide grades are made from a very hard WC (Tungsten carbide) and additional refractory carbides
(TiC, TaC) and the tougher Co (Cobalt) metal.
Each grade is designed to have excellent hardness, toughness, strength, thermal shock and chemical reaction
resistance even at high temperatures. Their characteristics are very suitable for the various machining
applications and workpiece materials. With TaeguTec's highly developed production technology the customer is
guaranteed very stable performance and excellent quality levels, thus meeting the customers demands.
Application
ISO
class
TaeguTec
grades
Materials
Cutting
methods
Application Composition Features
P
P10
Steel
Cast steel
Turning
Milling
Medium-high speed
General cutting WC + Co +
TiC + TaC
TiC & TaC is added
to improve heat & crater
resistance
P20
P30
Low-medium speed
Roughing
M
M10
Steel
Cast iron
Stainless steel
Turning
Milling
Medium speed
WC + Co +
TiC + TaC
Less TiC and TaC is
added. High wear and
shock resistance, but less
heat and crater resistance
than P grades.
M20
Low speed
Heavy cutting
M40
K
K10
Cast iron
Hardened steel
Nonferrous
Reaming
Turning
Milling
Finishing
WC + Co
No TiC or TaC.
Excellent mechanical
wear and shock
resistance.
K20 Medium speed
Mechanical and physical properties
ISO
class
TaeguTec
grades
Hardness
(HRA)
Transverse
rupture
strength
(kg/mm
2
)
Youngs
modulus
(x10
3
,kg/mm
2
)
Thermal
conductivity
(cal/cmsecK)
Compressive
strength
(kg/mm
2
)
Thermal
expansion
coefficient
(10
-6
/ C)
P
P10 92.7 > 200 53 0.07 460 6.5
P20 92.5 > 210 54 0.08 480 6.0
P30 91.2 > 250 57 0.10 480 5.5
M
M10 92.8 > 200 58 0.12 500 5.5
M20 92.1 > 250 57 0.15 490 5.5
M40 89.1 > 330 54 0.14 440 5.5
K
K10 92.7 > 240 64 0.19 620 4.7
K20 92.1 > 260 62 0.19 530 5.0
Uncoated Grades P.M.K

Uncoated grades
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
19
TI
Grades Comparison Table
Turning grades
ISO class TaeguTec SANDVIK WALTER SECO KENNAMETAL MMC SUMITOMO TUNGALOY KYOCERA KORLOY ISCAR
P
TT8115
GC4205
GC4005
WPP05 TP0500 KCP05
UE6105
UE6005
AC810P
AC500G
T9105
T9005
CA5505
TT8115
GC4215
GC4015
WPP10S
WPP10
TP1500
TP1000
KCP10
KCP10B
KC9110
UE6110
UE6010
AC1000
AC700G
T9115
T9015
CA515
CA5515
NC3010
NC3015
IC8150
IC9150
TT8125
TT5100
GC4325
GC4225
WPP20S
WPP20
TP2500
TP2000
KCP25
KCP25B
KC9125
MC6025
UE6020
AC820P
AC2000
ACZ310
T9125
T9025
CA525
CA5525
NC3220
NC3120
NC3020
IC8250
IC9250
TT8135
TT7100
GC4235
GC4035
GC2135
WPP30S
WPP30
TP3500
TP3000
TP40
KCP30
KCP40
KC9040
UE6135
UH6400
AC830P
AC3000
T9135
T9035
CA5535
CR9025
NC3030
NC500H
IC8350
IC9350
M
TT9215 GC2015
WSM10
WAM10
TM2000
TP200
KCM15
MC7015
US7020
VP05RT
AC610M
EH10Z
T6120 CA6515
PC8110
NC902
IC6015
IC807
TT9225 GC2025
WSM20
WAM20
CP500 KCM25
MC7025
US735
AC630M
AC304
T6130
AH630
T6020
CA6525 NC9025
IC6025
IC9300
TT9235
TT8020
GC2035
GC30
GC235
WSM30
WAM30
TM4000
TP400
KCM35
UH6400
MP7035
AC3000
AH645
T6030
PR630
NC5330
PC9030
IC3028
K
TT7005 GC3205
GC3005
WKK10S
WAK10
TK1001
TK1000
KCK05
KC9315
MC5005
UC5105
AC405K
AC410K
AC300G
T5105
T5010
CA4505
CA4010
NC6205
NC6105
IC5010
IC4028
TT7015
TT7310
GC3210
GC3015
WKK20S
WAK20
TK2001
TK2000
KCK15
KCK15B
KC9325
MC5015
UC5115
AC415K
AC500G
T5115
T5020
CA4515
CA4115
CA4120
NC6210
NC6110
IC5005
GC3215 WAK30 KCK20 AC420K T5125 NC315K
S H
TT5080
GCS05F
GC1105
GC1115
WSM10
TH1000
TH1500
TS2000
TS2500
CP200
KCU10
KC5510
KC5010
VP05RT
VP10RT
AC510U
EH510Z
EH10Z
AH110
PR1005
PR930
PC8110
IC807
IC907
TT9080
GC15
GC1125
GC1025
GC1515
GC1525
WSM20
WSM30
CP500
KCU25
KC5525
KC5025
VP15TF
VP20RT
AC520U
EH20Z
AH120
PR1025
PR1125
PR1225
PR1425
PC5300
PC9530
IC808
IC908
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
20
TI
Milling grades
ISO class TaeguTec SANDVI K WALTER SECO KENNAMETAL MMC SUMI TOMO TUNGALOY KYOCERA KORLOY I SCAR
P
TT2510
GC1010
GC1030
WHH15
WXM15
MH1000
F15M
MP1500
F30M
KC510M
KC522M
KC635M
MP8010
VP15TF
PC210F
IC903
IC900
TT7080
TT7030
GC4220
GC4230
WKP25
WAM10
WAM20
MP1500
MP2500
T250M
T3130
AH330
PR630
PR660
PR730
PC3600
PC3500
PC3535
PC3525
IC950
TT9080
TT9030
GC1030
GC4240
WAM30
F30M
MP3000
KC522M
KC635M
VP15TF
VP20RT
ACP200
AH725
AH730
GH330
AH120
PR9925
PR830
PC5300
NC5330
PC9530
IC808
IC908
TT8080
TT8020
TT7800
GC4240
GC1040
WKP35
WXP45
WSP45
F40M
T350M
KC725M
KC735M
KC935M
KCPM20
VP30RT
FH7020
F7030
ACP300
ACZ350
AH140
T3130
AH130
PC3545
IC830
IC330
IC928
M S
TT9080
TT9030
GC1030
GC2030
S30T
GC1025
WAM30
WXM35
MH1000
MP2500
F30M
KC635M VP15TF ACP200
T3130
AH725
AH120
PR730
PR830
PR9925
PR925
PR1025
PC5300
PC9530
NC5330
IC808
IC908
TT8080
TT8020
GC2040
S40T
WXM35
WSM35
WSP45
F40M
MM4500
MS2500
KC725M
F7030
VP30RT
MP9030
ACP300
EH20Z
EH520Z
AH130
AH140
SH730
PR1225
PR905
PC3545
PC5300
IC830
IC330
IC928
K
TT6800
GC3220
GC4220
WAK15
MK1500
MP1500
KC915M
KCK15
MC5020 PC8110 IC5100
TT6080
GC1020
GC4230
GC3040
GC4240
WKP25
WKP35
MK2050
MK2000
MK3000
KCK15
KC520M
MP8010
VP15TF
F5010
ACK200
ACK300
ACZ310
T1015
T1115
AH120
GH110
PR905
PR510
PR610
PC6510
PC215K
PC5300
IC810
IC910
Grades Comparison Table
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
21
TI
Grades Comparison Table
Cermet grades
ISO
class
TaeguTec SANDVIK KENNAMETAL SUMITOMO KYOCERA TUNGALOY MITSUBISHI HITACHI KORLOY SECO NTK DIJET CERATIZIT CERAMTEC
P01
PV3030
PV3010
KT315
T110A
T1000A
T1500Z
PV30
TN30
PV7010
GT720
NS710
AP25N
NX2525
CC105
CC115
CN1000
T3N LN10
TCM407
TCC410
SC35
P10 CT3000
CT5005
CT5015
CT525
GC1525
KT5020
KT125
KT150
T1500A
T1200A
T2000Z
PV7020
PV7025
PV60
TN6010
TN6020
TN60
GT730
GT530
NS520
NS720
MP3025
UP35N
CZ25
CN2000
CC125
TP1030
CMP
CM
T15
C30
Q50
CX50
CX75
TCM10
SC15
SC8015
SC7035
SC40
P20 CT7000 CT530
KT1120
KT175
T3000Z
T130Z
TN100M
TC60M
PV90
NS730
NS530
VP45N
NX99
NX3035
CH550
CH7030
MZ1000
MZ2000
CN20
CN30
MP1020
TP1020
C15M
N20
Z15
C50
C7X
CX90
SC7015
SC60
P30
T250A
T130A
NS740 NX4545
MZ3000
CH7035
Q50
N40
CX99
M01
PV3010
PV3030
KT315 T110A
PV30
TN30
PV7010
GT720
NS710
AP25N
NX2525
CC105
CC115
CN1000
T3N LN10
TCM407
TCC410
SC35
M10 CT3000
CT5005
CT5015
CT525
GC1525
KT5020
KT125
KT150
T1500A
T1200A
T2000Z
PV7020
PV60
TN6010
TN6020
TN60
GT730
GT530
NS520
NS720
MP3025
UP35N
CZ25
CN2000
CC125
TP1030
CMP
CM
T15
C30
Q50
CX50
CX75
TCM10
SC15
SC8015
SC7035
SC40
M20 CT7000 CT530
KT1120
KT175
T3000Z
T130Z
TN100M
TC60M
PV90
NS730
NS530
VP45N
NX99
NX3035
CH550
CH7030
MZ1000
MZ2000
CN20
CN30
TP1020
C15M
N20
Z15
C50
C7X
CX90
SC7015
SC60
M30
T250A
T130A
NS740 NX4545
MZ3000
CH7035
Q50
N40
CX99
K01 PV3030 KT315
T110A
T1000A
T1500Z
PV30
PV7005
PV7020
PV60
NS710
GT720
NS720
NS520
AP25N
NX2525
CH350 CN1000 CM
T3N
Q15
LN10
TCM407
TCC410
SC8015
K10 CT3000 CT5015 KT125
T1200A
T2000Z
TN60
TN6020
GT730
NS730
NS530
CH550
MZ1000
CN2000 C15M
T15
Z15
C7Z
CX75 TCM10 SC7015
K20 T3000Z MZ2000
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
22
TI
PCD grades
ISO class TaeguTec ISCAR TUNGALOY SUMITOMO SANDVIK KENNAMETAL MITSUBISHI NTK KYOCERA SECO
N01-N10
TD810 DX180 DA90 KD1425 KPD230 PCD30M
KP500 ID8 DX160 MD203 PCD30
N05-N20 KP300 ID5 DX140 DA150 CD10 MD220 PD1 KPD010 PCD20
N15-N30 KP100
DX120
DX110
DA2200
DA1000
KD1400
KD1405
MD230 PD2 KPD001
PCD10
PCD05
Ceramic grades
Application Composition TaeguTec SANDVIK KENNAMETAL CERAMTEC NTK KYOCERA SUMITOMO SSANG-YONG
Cast
iron
Al2O3 AW120 CC620
SN60
SN80
HC1
HW2
KA30
SZ200
SZ300
Al2O3+TiC AB30 CC650 KY1615
SH2
SH4
HC2
HC5
HC6
A65
NB90S
NB90M
ST100
SD200
TC100(PVD)
SiAlON AS500
KY300
KY1310
KYK10
SL506
SL508
SL606
SL608
SN200K
SN2100K
Si3N4 AS10
CC6090
CC6091
KY1320
KY3500
SL500
SL808
SX1
SX2
SX6
KS500
KS6000
KS6050
NS260
SN26
SN300
SN400
SN500
SN600
Si3N4+CVD SC10 CC1690
KY3400
KYK25
SL550C
SL554C
SL654C
SL658C
SL854C
SL858C
SP2
SP9
CS7050 NS260C
Hardened
steel
Al2O3+TiCN AB20
SH2
SH4
HC2
HC5
HC7
ST300
ST500
ST700
Al2O3+TiCN
+ PVD
AB2010 CC6050 KY4400
ZC4
ZC7
A66N
PT600M
NB100C TC300
Super alloy
Al2O3+SiCw TC430 CC670 KY4300 WA1 WX2000
SW500
SW800
Si3N4+TiN AS20
SiAlON
CC6060
CC6065
KY2100
KY1540
KYS30
KYS25
SX5
SX7
SX9
KS6040
SN800
SN900
CBN grades
Application TaeguTec TUNGALOY SANDVIK KENNAMETAL CERAMTEC SECO SUMITOMO
Hardened
steel
Continuous TB610 BX310 CB7015
KB1610
KB5610
KB9610
WBN575
CBN10
CBN050C
BNX10
BNC100
General
TB650
BX530
BX330
BXM20
CB7025
KB1625
KB5625
WBN570
WBN560
CBN100
CBN160C
BN250
BNX20
BNC160
BNC200
TB670
BX360
BX380
BXC50
KB1630
KB5630
WBN555
CBN150
CBN100P
BN350
BNX25
BN500
BNC300
Cast
iron
General TB730(KB90)
BX930
BX850
BX950
BX470
BX480
CB7050
KB1345
KB9640
WBN735
WBN750
CBN200
CBN400C
BN100
BN700
Solid CBN KB90A
BX90S
BXC90
WBN100
WBN100C
CBN300
CBN350
BNS800
Grade Comparison Table
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
23
TI
PCD grades
ISO class TaeguTec ISCAR TUNGALOY SUMITOMO SANDVIK KENNAMETAL MITSUBISHI NTK KYOCERA SECO
N01-N10
TD810 DX180 DA90 KD1425 KPD230 PCD30M
KP500 ID8 DX160 MD203 PCD30
N05-N20 KP300 ID5 DX140 DA150 CD10 MD220 PD1 KPD010 PCD20
N15-N30 KP100
DX120
DX110
DA2200
DA1000
KD1400
KD1405
MD230 PD2 KPD001
PCD10
PCD05
Description TaeguTec SANDVIK KENNAMETAL SECO WALTER VALENITE MITSUBISHI SUMITOMO KYOCERA TUNGALOY KORLOY ISCAR
Negative
insert
For
steel
Double
sided
WS WF, WL FW W-MF2 NF W3 SW LUW, SEW WP AFW LW
WT WMX,WM MW W-M3 NM W6 MW GUW WQ ASW VW,HW WG
FA FF FF1 F2 FH FL,FA GP, DP, XF TF HU
FS XP SF
FP PP ZF
FG QF FN MF2 NF3 SH SU
ZM,TS,
NS,NM
VG,HF,GF NF
FP5 SE TSF VF
NFT HQ VQ
FC PF, LC NS6 FY,SA LU CJ
VL, VB,
HC
XF LP CQ,PQ
VF K 95 ES GX,HM S
GP-K,MS-
G-NMT,
NS4
FJ,SY XQ CB,17 HA 12
ML MS NS5,G1 MJ A3, AH VP2 PP
GP- GP UP XS
MP XM P MF3 NM4 M2
HS,GS,
VP3
TF
QM VL
MP3 HC
MC SM MN MR3 NM4 GS AS
PC PM M3 NM6 MP, MV GE,GU PS TM VM
XMR MP5
MT MP M3 MA UX,UG HS HM,GM GN
RP NS8 CS
UZ MG- 38
MG- UN M4 MG- MG- C DM,MG- B20,B25 MG-
33,37
PR
HM UM NM5,NM7 MH,GJ ME GT,PT
RN M5 NRT, RP5 MU, MX PH,HT
RT MG- MR7, M6 NM6,NM9 R3 GH, RP TH HR, GR NR
HAS,HDS
Single
sided
PR NRF PX
RX RM
R6,RR9 NR6 R6 HZ MP TRS RP
RH QR RP R5,R4,37 NR5,NR8 HA HG HX 57 GH NM
MR RR6 NR7 HH HP
R8,56,57 HC5 HF 65
HT, HD HR, 31 RH R7 NRR HX,HBS HU TU VT,HH
HY, HZ
HV,HDS,
HXD
HW VH,B40
Stainless
steel
Double
sided
EA,SF MF FP MF1 NF4 F5 FS SU MQ,GU HA
MU1, MS1 NMS MS EX MU
EM MM UP MF4 NM4 MS SS VP3
HS
ET MR RP MR6, MF5 NR4 M5 GU HU SM GS TNM
MM-MR MM-RR6 NMS
SF, SGF FH, FX
SU
MX-SM,
23, SM
MS, MH,
MX
HMM, SA
SR, SMR
Cast
iron
Double
sided
CF
MT KF,KM FN M5 MA UZ MG- CM
MG- RP NM5, MK5 MG- C B25
RT KR UN MR7 GH GZ ZS, GC CH GR
Positive
insert
For steel
WT WM MW W-F2 PF MW WG
XP
FA PF,UF UF,11,GM FF1 PF4 FV LU
GK, GP,
DP
01,PF,PSF HFP 38, PF
PF5 FP
FC CF, GF
SA SMG GQ JS
GR
FP F1 PS4 PM3 FK XQ VF
FG UM LF PS5 PM4 SU HQ HMP,C05 SM
XF SQ,SV SC,SK 16, GT-
PC MP PF2 PSS
PM PS
XM PM5 MQ,MV SF,MU 14, 17
MT PR,UR MF F2 E47, MT- PM5 MT- MT- PM C25 19, MT-
XR G
PMR- GP,HQ
PMR- PMR- PMR- PMR- UJ G,PMR- 23
For aluminum FL AL HP AL PM2 IL AZ AG AH AL AR AF, AS
Turning Chip Breaker Comparison Table
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
24
TI
Shore's
HS
Standard Tungsten A scale B scale C scale D scale
ball carbide 60kgf 100kgf 150kgf 100kgf
ball Diamond 1/16in diamond diamond
brale ball brale brale
HRA HRB HRC HRD
Standard Tungsten A scale B scale C scale D scale
ball carbide 60kgf 100kgf 150kgf 100kgf
ball Diamond 1/16in diamond diamond
brale ball brale brale
HRA HRB HRC HRD
Brinell HB10mm ball
Rockwell
LOAD 3000kgf
Vickers
50kg
HV
Vickers
50kg
HV
Shore's
HS
Tensile
Strength
N/mm
2
(kgf/mm
2
)
Tensile
Strength
N/mm
2
(kgf/mm
2
)
Brinell HB10mm ball
Rockwell
LOAD 3000kgf
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1450
1400
1350
1300
1250
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
940
920
900
880
860
840
820
800
780
760
740
720
700
690
680
670
660
650
640
630
620
610
600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
480
(505)
(496)
(488)
(480)
(473)
(465)
(456)
488
(767)
(757)
(745)
(733)
(722)
(710)
(698)
(684)
(670)
(656)
(647)
(638)
630
620
611
601
591
582
573
564
554
515
535
525
517
507
497
488
479
471
460
452
93.1
92.6
91.9
91.3
90.5
90.1
89.6
89.1
88.7
88.3
87.9
87.5
87.1
86.6
86.2
85.6
85.3
85.0
84.7
84.4
84.1
83.8
83.4
83.0
82.6
82.2
81.8
81.3
81.1
80.8
80.6
80.3
80.0
79.8
79.5
79.2
78.9
78.6
78.4
78.0
77.8
77.4
77.0
76.7
76.4
76.1
75.7
75.3
74.9
74.5
80.5
79.2
77.9
76.6
75.3
74.6
74.0
73.4
72.7
72.1
71.5
70.9
70.3
69.6
68.9
68.0
67.5
67.0
66.4
65.9
65.3
64.7
64.0
63.3
62.5
61.8
61.0
60.1
59.7
59.2
58.8
58.3
57.8
57.3
56.8
56.3
55.7
55.2
54.7
54.1
53.6
53.0
52.3
51.7
51.1
50.5
49.8
49.1
48.4
47.7
76.9
76.5
76.1
75.7
75.3
74.8
74.3
74.8
73.3
72.6
72.1
71.5
70.8
70.5
70.1
69.8
69.4
69.0
68.7
68.3
67.9
67.5
67.0
66.7
66.2
65.8
65.4
64.8
64.4
66.2
63.5
62.9
62.2
61.6
61.3
97
96
95
93
92
91
90
88
87
86
84
83
81
80
79
77
75
74
72
71
69
67
66
64
2205(210)
2020(206)
1985(202)
1950(199)
1905(194)
1860(190)
1825(186)
1795(183)
1750(179)
1750(174)
1660(169)
1620(165)
1570(160)
1530(156)
1459(153)
1460(149)
1410(144)
470
460
450
440
430
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
300
295
290
285
280
275
270
265
260
255
250
245
240
230
220
210
200
190
180
170
160
150
140
130
127
122
117
441
433
425
415
405
397
388
379
369
360
350
341
331
322
313
303
294
284
280
275
270
265
261
256
252
247
243
238
233
228
219
209
200
190
181
171
162
152
143
133
124
121
116
111
442
433
425
415
405
397
388
379
369
360
350
341
331
322
313
303
294
284
280
275
270
265
261
256
252
247
243
238
233
228
219
209
200
190
181
171
162
152
143
133
124
74.1
73.6
73.3
72.8
72.3
71.8
71.4
70.8
70.3
69.8
69.2
68.7
68.1
67.6
67.0
66.4
65.8
65.2
64.8
64.5
64.2
63.8
63.5
63.1
62.7
62.4
62.0
61.6
61.2
60.7
(110.0)
(109.0)
(108.0)
(107.0)
(105.5)
(104.5)
(103.5)
(102.0)
(101.0)
99.5
98.1
96.7
95.0
93.4
91.5
89.5
87.1
85.0
81.7
78.7
75.0
71.2
69.8
67.6
65.7
46.9
46.1
45.3
44.5
43.6
42.7
41.8
40.8
39.8
38.8
37.7
36.6
35.5
34.4
33.3
32.2
31.0
29.8
29.2
28.5
27.8
27.1
26.4
25.6
24.8
24.0
23.1
22.2
21.3
20.3
(18.0)
(15.7)
(13.4)
(11.0)
(8.5)
(6.0)
(3.0)
(0.0)
60.7
60.1
59.4
58.8
58.2
57.5
56.8
56.0
55.2
54.4
53.6
52.8
51.9
51.1
50.2
49.4
48.4
47.5
47.1
46.5
46.0
45.3
44.9
44.3
43.7
43.1
42.2
41.7
41.1
40.3
62
59
57
55
52
50
47
45
42
41
40
38
37
36
34
33
32
30
29
28
26
25
24
22
21
20
19
18
15
1570(160)
1530(156)
1459(153)
1460(149)
1410(144)
1370(140)
1330(136)
1290(131)
1240(127)
1250(123)
1170(120)
1130(115)
1095(112)
1070(109)
1035(105)
1005(103)
980 (100)
950 (97)
935 (96)
915 (94)
905 (92)
890 (91)
875 (89)
855 (87)
840 (86)
825 (84)
805 (82)
795 (81)
780 (79)
765 (78)
730 (75)
695 (71)
670 (68)
635 (65)
605 (62)
580 (59)
545 (56)
515 (53)
490 (50)
455 (45)
425 (44)
(42)
(41)
(39)
Note: Gothic figures come from ASTM E 140 table(Calculated by SAE-ASM-ASTM together)
Hardness Conversion Table
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
25
TI

According to DIN / ISO 513 and VDI 3323 standard


ISO Material Condition
Tensile
strength
[N/mm
2
]
Kc
(1)
[N/mm
2
]
mc
(2)
Hardness
(HB)
Material
No.
P
Non-alloy steel
and cast steel,
free
cutting steel
< 0.25 %C Annealed 420 1350 0.21 125 1
>= 0.25 %C Annealed 650 1500 0.22 190 2
< 0.55 %C Quenched and tempered 850 1675 0.24 250 3
>= 0.55 %C Annealed 750 1700 0.24 220 4
Quenched and tempered 1000 1900 0.24 300 5
Low alloy steel
and cast steel
(less than 5%
all elements)
Annealed 600 1775 0.24 200 6
Quenched and tempered 930 1675 0.24 275 7
Quenched and tempered 1000 1725 0.24 300 8
Quenched and tempered 1200 1800 0.24 350 9
High alloy steel, cast steel,
and tool steel
Annealed 680 2450 0.23 200 10
Quenched and tempered 1100 2500 0.23 325 11
M
Stainless steel and
cast steel
Ferritic/martensitic 680 1875 0.21 200 12
Martensitic 820 1875 0.21 240 13
Austenitic 600 2150 0.20 180 14
K
Grey cast iron (GG)
Ferritic - 1150 0.20 180 15
Pearlitic - 1350 0.28 260 16
Cast iron nodular (GGG)
Ferritic - 1225 0.25 160 17
Pearlitic - 1350 0.28 250 18
Malleable cast iron
Ferritic - 1225 0.25 130 19
Pearlitic - 1420 0.3 230 20
N
Aluminum-
wrought alloy
Not curable - 700 0.25 60 21
Cured - 800 0.25 100 22
Aluminum-cast,
alloyed
< = 12% Si Not curable - 700 0.25 75 23
Cured - 700 0.25 90 24
> 12% Si High temperature - 750 0.25 130 25
Copper alloys
> 1% Pb Free cutting - 700 0.27 110 26
Brass - 700 0.27 90 27
Electrolitic copper - 700 0.27 100 28
No-metallic
Duroplastics, fiber plastics - - 29
Hard rubber - - 30
S
High temp,
alloys
Fe based
Annealed - 2600 0.24 200 31
Cured - 3100 0.24 280 32
Ni or Co based
Annealed - 3300 0.24 250 33
Cured - 3300 0.24 350 34
Cast - 3300 0.24 320 35
Titanium and Ti alloys
RM 400 1700 0.23 - 36
Alpha+beta alloys cured RM 1050 2110 0.22 - 37
H
Hardened steel
Hardened - 4600 55HRc 38
Hardened - 4700 60HRc 39
Chilled cast iron Cast - 4600 400 40
Cast iron nodular(GGG) Hardened - 4500 55HRc 41
(1)
Specifc cutting force for 1 mm
2

chip section
(2)
Chip thickness factor

Steel

Stainess steel

Cast iron

Nonferrous

High temp. alloys

Hardened steel
Material Properties
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
26
TI

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
1 A 366 (1012)
1008
0.0030 C10 040 A 10
045 M 10
1449 10 CS
AF 34 C 10
XC 10
C 10
1 C 10
F.1511
F.151A
S 10C SM 10C 10
1 1.0028 Ust 34-2 (S250G1T) A 34-2 Fe 330,Fe 330 B FU SS 330 SS 330
1 1.0034 RSt 34-2 (S250G2T) 1449 34/20 HR,
HS,CR,CS
A 34-2 NE Fe 330 B FU St2sp
1 1.0035 St185 (Fe 310-0)
St 33
Fe 310-0
1449 15 HR,HS
A 33 1300 Fe 320 Fe 310-0 St0
1 A 570
Gr. 33,36
1.0036 S235JRG1 (Fe 360 B)
Ust 37-2
Fe 360 B
4360-40 B
1311
1312
FE37BFU AE 235 B
Fe 360 B
16D, 18Kp
St3Kp
1 1.0037 S235JR (Fe 360 B)
St 37-2
Fe 360 B
4360-40 B E 24-2
1311 Fe 360 B
1449 37/23 HR
AE 235 B
Fe 360 B
STKM 12A;C STKM 12A;C
1 1115 1.0038 GS-CK16 030A04 1A 1325 Fe 330,Fe 330 B FU SS 330 SS 330
1 A 570
Gr. 40
1.0044 S275JR (Fe 430 B)
St44-2
Fe 430 B FN
1449 43/25 HR, HS
4360-43 B E 28-2
1412 Fe 430 B
Fe 430 B FN
AE 275 B
Fe 430 B FN
SM 400 A;B;C SM 400 A;B;C St4ps; sp
1 1.0045 S355JR 4360-50 B E 36-2 2172 Fe 510 B AE 355 B
1 A 570 Gr.50
A 572 Gr.50
1.0050 E295 (Fe 490-2)
St 50-2
Fe 490-2 FN
4360-50 B A 50-2
1550
2172
Fe 490 a 490-2
Fe 490-2 FN
SS 490 SS 490 ST5ps; sp
1 A 572 Gr. 65 1.0060 E335 (Fe 590-2)
St 60-2
Fe 60-2
4360-55 E; 55 C A 60-2
1650 Fe 60-2
Fe 590
A 590-2
Fe 590-2 FN
SM 570 SM 570 St6ps; sp
1 1.0060 St 60-2 Fe 60-2
1 1.0070 E360 (Fe 690-2)
St 70-2
Fe 690-2 FN A 70-2 1655 Fe 70-2
Fe 690
A 690-2
Fe 690-2 FN
1 1.0112 P235S 1501-164-360B LT20 A37AP Fe 360 C AE 235 C
1 1.0114 S235JU;St 37-3 U 4360-40C E 24-3 Fe 360 C AE 235 C
1 A 284 Gr.D
A 573 Gr.58
A 570 Gr 36;C
A 611 Gr. C
1.0116 S235J2G3 (Fe
360 D 1)
St 37-3
Fe 360 D1 FF
1449 37/23 CR
4360-40 D
E 24-3
E 24-4
1312
1313
Fe 360 D1 FF
Fe 360 C FN
Fe 360 D FF
Fe 37-2
AE 235 D
Fe 360 D1 FF
St3kp;
ps; sp
16D
1 1.0130 P265S 1501-164-400B LT 20 A 42 AP SPH 265
1 1.0143 S275J0; St 44-3 U 4360-43C E 28-3 1414-01 Fe 430 D AE 275 D
1 A 573 Gr. 70
A 611 Gr.D
1.0144 S275J2G3 (Fe 430 D 1)
St 44-3
Fe 430 D1 FF
4360-43 C; 43 D
E 28-3
E 28-4
1411, 1412
1414
Fe 430 B, Fe 430 C (FN)
Fe 430 D (FF)
AE 275 D
Fe 430 D1 FF
SM 400 A;B;C SM 400 A;B;C St4kp>
ps; sp
1 1.0149 S275JOH; RoSt 44-2 4360-43C 1412-04 Fe 430 C Fe 430 C
1 1.0226 DX51D; St 02 Z Z2 GC 1151 10 FeP 02 G FeP 02 G
1 M 1010 1.0301 C10 040 A 10
045 M 10
1449 10 CS
AF 34 C 10
XC 10
C 10
1 C 10
F.1511
F.151.A
S 10C SM 10C 10
1 A 621 (1008) 1.0330 DC 01
St 2; St 12
1449 4 CR
1449 3 CS TE
1142 FeP 00
FeP 01
AP 11 SPHD SPHD 15kp
1 A 619 (1008) 1.0333 Ust 3 (DC03G1)
Ust 13
1449 2 CR;3 CR E FeP 02 AP 02 SPCD SPCD
1 A 621 (1008) 1.0334 UStW 23 (DD12G1) SC FeP 12 AP 12 SPHE SPHE 10kp
1 A 622 (1008) 1.0335 DD13; StW 24 1449 1 HR 3C FeP 13 AP 13 SPHE SPHE 08kp
1 A 620 (1008) 1.0338 DC04
St4; St 14
1449 1 CR;2 CR ES 1147 FeP 04 AP 04 SPCE SPCE 08jU; JUA
1 A 516 Gr. 65; 55
A 515 Gr. 65;55
A 414 Gr. C
A 442 Gr.55
1.0345 P235GH
HI
1501 Gr. 141-360
1501 Gr. 161-360; 151-360
1501 Gr. 161-400; 154-360
1501 Gr. 164-360; 161-360
A 37 CP;AP 1331
1330
FeE235, Fe 360 1 KW;KG
Fe 360 2 KW;KG
A 37 RC I
RA II
SGV 410, SGV
450, SGV 48,
SPV 450;SPV
480
SGV 410, SGV
450, SGV
480, SPPV
450;SPPV 480
1 (M) 1020
M 1023
1.0402 C22 055 M 15, 070 M 20 2C/2D
1499 22 HS, CS
AF 42 C 20;
XC 25;1 C 22
1450 C 20
C 21, C 25
1 C 22
F.112
S20C SM 20C 20
1 1020 1.0402 C22 050A20 2C/2D CC20 1450 C20, C21 F.112 S22C SM 22C 20
1 1020;1023 1.0402 C22 055 M 15, 070 M 20 2C AF 42 C 20;
XC 25;1 C 22
1450 C 20;
C 21;C 25
1 C 22F.112 S 20 C;S 22 C SM 20 C;SM
22C
1 1.0425 P265GH H ll 1501 Gr. 161-400;151-400
1501 Gr. 164-360; 161-400
1501 Gr. 164-400;154-400
A 42 CP; AP 1431
1430
1432
Fe 410 1 KW; KG;
KT Fe 410 2 KW; KG
A 42 RC I
A 42 RC II
SPV 315; SPV 355
SG 295; SGV 410
SGV 450; SGV 480
SPPV 315; SPPV 355
SG 295; SGV 410
SGV 450; SGV 480
16K
20K
1 A27 65-35 1.0443 GS-45 A1 E 23-45 M 1305
1 1.0539 S355NH;StE 335 TSE 355-4 2134-04 Fe 510 B Fe 355 KGN
1 1.0545 S355N; StE 355 4360-50E E 355 R 2334-01 FeE 355 KG AE 355 KG
1 1.0546 S355NL;TStE 355 4360-50EE E 355 FP 2135-01 FeE 355 KT AE 355 KT
1 1.0547 S355JOH 4360-50C TSE 355-3 2172-04 Fe 510 C Fe 510 C
1 1.0549 S355 NLH;TStE 355 2135 Fe 510 D FeE 355 KTM
1 1.0553 S355JO;St 52-3U 4360-50C E 36-3 Fe 510 C
Material Conversion Table
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
27
TI

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
1 A 633 Gr.C
A 588
1.0562 P355N
StE 355
1501 Gr.225-490A LT 20 FeE 355 KG N
E 355 R/FP;
A 510 AP
2106 FeE 355 KG;KW AEE 355 KG;DD SM 490 A;B;C;
YA;YB
SM 490 A;B;C;
YA;YB
15GF
1 1.0565 P355NH; WStE 355 1501-225-490B LT 20 A 510 AP 2106 FeE 355-2
1 1.0566 P355NL1; TStE 355 1501-225-490A LT 50 A 510 FP 2107-01 FeE 355-3
1 1 1.0570 S355J2G3
St 52-3
Fe 510 D1 FF
1449 50/35 HR>HS
4360-50 D
E 36-3
E 36-4
2132, 2133
2134,
2174
17GS
17G1S
AE 355 D
Fe 510, D1 FF
SM 490 A;B;C;
YA;YB
SM 490 A;B;C;
YA;YB
17GS
17G1S
1 1213 1.0715 9 SMn 28 (1SMn30) 230 M 07 S 250 1912 CF SMn 28 F.2111 - 11 SMn 28 SUM 22 SUM 22
1 1213 1.0715 9 SMn 28 230 M 07 S 250 1912 CF 9 SMn 28 11 SMn 28 SUM 22 SUM 22
1 12 L 13 1.0718 9 SMnPb 28
(11SMnPb30)
S 250 Pb 1914 CF 9 SMnPb 28 F.2112-11
SMnPb 28
SUM 22 L
SUM 23 L, SUM 24 L
SUM 22 L
SUM 23 L, SUM 24 L
1 1108
1109
1.0721 10 S 20 (210 M 15) 10S20
10F 2
CF 10 S 20 F. 2121 - 10 S 20
1 11 L 08 1.0722 10 SPb 20 10PbF 2 CF 10 SPb 20 F.2122-10 SPb 20
1 11 L 08 1.0722 10 SPb 20 10PbF 2 CF 10 SPb 20 10 SPb 20
1 1215 1.0736 9 SMn 36 11SMn37) S 300 CF 9 Mn 36 F.2113 - 12 SMn 35 SUM25 SUM25
1 12 L 14 1.0737 9 SMnPb 36
(11SMnPb37)
1 1.0972 S315MC; QStE 300 TM 1501-40F30 E 315 D
1 1.0976 S355MC; QStE 360 TM 1501-43F35 E 355 D 2642 FeE 355TM
1 1.0982 S460MC; QStE 460 TM 1501-50F45
1 1.0984 S500MC; QStE 500 TM E 490 D 2662 FeE 490 TM
1 1.0986 S500MC; QStE 500 TM 1501 - 60F55 E 560 D FeE 560 TM
1 1010 1.1121 CK 10
(C10E)
040 A 10 XC 10 1265 C 10, 2 C 10
2 C 15
F-1510-C 10 K S 9 CK
S 10 C
S 9 CK
S 10 C 08;10
1 1.1121 St 37-1 4360 40 A 1300
1 1015 1.1141 CK 15
(C15E)
040 A 15 32C
080 M 15
XC 12 XC 15
XC 18
1370 C 15 C
16
F.1110-C 15
F.1511-C 16 K
S 15
S 15 CK
SM 15C
SM 15CK
15
1 1020
1023
1.1151 C22E
CK 22
055 M 15
(070 M 20)
2 C 22 XC 18
XC 25
1450 C 20 C
25
F.1120-C 25 K S 20 C, S 20 CK
S 22 C
SM 20 C, SM20 CK
SM22 C
20
1 D 3 1.2080 X 210 Cr 12 BD 3 Z 200 C 12 2642
1 A36 St 44-2 4360 43 A NFA 35-501 E 28 1411
1 StE 320-3Z 1 501 160 1421
1 A572-60 1.8900 StE 380 4360 55 E 2145 FeE390KG S 25C SM 25C
2 (M) 1025 1.0406 C 25 070 M 26 1 C 25 C 25 1 C 25
2 1.0416 GS-38 20-400 M 1306
2 A 537 CI.1
A 414 Gr. G
A 612
1.0473 P355GH 19 Mn 6 A 52 CP 2101
2102
Fe E 355-2 A 52 RC
I RA II
SGV 410
SGV 450
SGV 480
SGV 410
SGV 450
SGV 480
2 1035 1.0501 C 35 080 A 32, 080 A 35
080 M 36,
1449 40 CS
1 C 35
AF 55 C 35
XC 38
1572
1550
C 35
1 C 35
F.113 S35C SM35C 35
2 1045 1.0503 CF 45
(C45G)
060 A 47
080 M 46
XC 42 H
1 TS
1672 C 43
C 46
S 45 C SM 45 C 45
2 1040 1.0511 C 40 080 M 40 1 C 40
AF 60 C 40
C 40 1 C 40 S 40 C SM 40 C
2 1.0540 C 50 1674 C 50 1 C 50
2 A27 70-36 1.0551 GS-52 A2 280-480 M 1505
2 A148 80-40 1.0553 GS-60 A3 320-560 M 1606
2 A738 1.0577 S355J2G4 (Fe
510 D 2)
Fe 510 D2 FF
1501 Gr.224-460
1501 Gr. 224-490
A 52 FP 2107 A 52 RB II
AE 355 D
2 1140 1.0726 35 S 20 212 M 36 8M 35MF 6 1957 F.210.G
2 1146 1.0727 45 S 20 (46S20) 45 MF 4 1973
2 1035
1041
1.1157 40Mn4 150 M 36 15 35 M 5
40 M 5
S 09CK SMn 433
2 1025 1.1158 C25E
CK 25
(070 M 25) 2 C 25
XC 25
C 25 F.1120 - C 25 K S 25 C
S 28 C
S 25 C SM 25 C
2 1536 1.1166 34Mn5 TO.B SMn 433 H
2 1330 1.1170 28Mn6 (150 M 28), (150 M 18) 20 M 5, 28 Mn 6 1421 C 28 Mn 28 Mn 6 SCMn 1 SCMn 1 30G
2 1330 1.1170 28Mn6 150 M 5 20 M 5 2145
2 1330 1.1170 28Mn6 14A 20 M 5 C 28 Mn SCMn 1 SCMn 1
2 1.1178 C30E; CK 30 080M30 XC 32 C 30 2 C 30
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
28
TI

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
2 1035 1.1180 C35R
Cm 35
080 A 35 3 C 35
XC 32
1572 F.1130-C 35 K-1
2 1035
1038
1.1181 C35E
CK 35
080 A 35
(080 M 36)
2 C 35, XC 32
XC 38 H 1
1550
1572
C35 F.1130-C 35 K S 35 C SM 35 C 35
2 1035 1.1181 C35E
CK 35
080 A 35
(080 M 36)
1572 C36 S 35 C SM 35 C
2 1042 1.1191 GS- Ck 45 080 A 46 XC 45 1660 C45 F-1140
2 1049
1050
1.1206 C50E
CK 50
080 M 50 2 C 50
XC 48 H 1;
XC 50 H 1
1674 C 50 50
2 1050
1055
1.1213 Cf 53
(C53G)
070 M 55 XC 48 H TS 1674 C 53 S 50 C SM 50 C 50
2 4520 1.5423 22Mo4 1503-245-420 16 Mo 5 KG; KW F.2602- 16 Mo 5 SB 450 M SB 450 M SB 480 M
3 1.0050 St50-2 FE50
3 A 516 Gr.70
A 515 Gr. 70
A 414 Gr.F; G
1.0481 P295GH
17 Mn 4
1501 Gr. 224 a 48 Cp;AP Fe 510 KG;KT;KW
Fe 510-2 KG;KT;KW
FeE 295
A 47 RC
I RA II
SG 365, SGV 410
SGV 450
SGV 480
SG 365, SGV 410
SGV 450
SGV 480
14G2
3 1043 1.0503 C35 060 A 47
080 M 46
1449 50 HS, CS
1 C 45
AF 65 C 45
1672
1650
C 45
1 C 45
F.114 S 45 C SM 45 C 45
3 1074 1.0614 C 76 D; D 75-2 XC 75
3 1086 1.0616 C 86 D; D 85-2 XC 80 C 85
3 1095 1.0618 C 92 D;D 95-2 XC 90
3 1036
1330
1.1165 30Mn5 120 M 36
(150 M 28)
35 M 5 F.8211-30 Mn 5
f.8311-AM 30 Mn 5
SMn 433 H
SCMn 2
SMn 433 H
SCMn 2
27ChGSNMDTL
30GSL
3 1335 1.1167 30Mn5 150 M 36 40 M 5 2120 F. 1203-36 Mn 6
F. 8212-36 Mn 5
SMn 438 (H)
SCMn 3
SMn 438 (H)
SCMn 3
35G2
35GL
3 1040 1.1186 C40E
CK 40
060 A 40, 080 A 40
080 M 40
2 C 40
XC 42 H 1
C 40 S 40 C SM 40 C
3 1045 1.1191 C45E
CK 45
080 M 46
060 A 47
2 C 45
XC 42 H 1
XC 45
XC 48 H 1
1672 C 45
C 46
F.1140-C 45 K
F.1142-C48 K
S 45 C
S 48 C
S 45 C
S 48 C
45
3 1049 1.1201 C45R
Cm 45
080 M 46 3 C 45
XC 42 H 1
XC 48 H 1
1660 C 45 F.1145-C 45K-1
F.1147C 48 K-1
S 50 C SM 50 C
3 1.7242 18 CrMo 4 18 CrMo 4
3 A 387 Gr. 12 CI 1.7337 16 CrMo 4 4 A 18 CrMo 4 5 KW
3 A 387 Gr. 12 CI 1.7337 16 CrMo 4 4 A 18 CrMo 4 5 KW
3 1.7362 12 CrMo 19 5 3606-625 Z 10 CD 5.05 16 CrMo 20 5
3 A572-60 17 MnV 6 436055 E NFA 35-501 E 36 2142
4 1055 1.0535 C55 070 M 55 1 C 55
AF 70 C 55
1655 C 55
1 C 55
S 55 C SM 55 C 55
4 1060 1.0601 C60 060 A 62 43D
1449 HS,CS
1 C 60
AF 70 C 55
C 60
1 C 60
S 58 C SM 58 C 60(G)
4 1070 1.0603 C67 080 A 67
1449 70HS XC65
C 67
4 1074
1075
1.0605 C75 1449 80 HS C 75 75
4 1055 1.1203 C55E
CK 55
060 A 57
070 M 55
2 C 5
XC 55 H 1
1655 C 55 F.1150-C 55 K S 55 C SM 55 C 55
4 1055 1.1209 C55R
Cm 55
070 M 55 3 C 55
XC 55 H 1
C 55 F.1155-C
55 K-1
4 1060
1064
1.1221 C60E
CK 60
060 A 62 43D 2 C 60
XC 60 H 1
1655
1678
C 60 S 58 C SM 58 C 60
60G, 60GA
4 1070 1.1231 CK 67
(C67E)
060 A 67 XC 68 1770 C 70 65GA
68GA , 70
4 1074
1075
1078
1.1248 CK 75
(C75E) 060 A 78 XC 75
774 C 75 75(A)
4 1086 1.1269 CK 85 (C85E) XC 90 C 90 85(A)
4 1095 1.1274 Ck 101 (C101E) XC 100 C 100 F-5117 SUP 4 SPS 4
4 W 112 1.1663 C 125 W Y2 120 1870
4 2223
5 1.0070 St70-2 FE70-2
5 1.7238 49 CrMo 4
5 1.7701 51 CrMoV 4 51 CrMoV 4
Material Conversion Table
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
29
TI

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
6 A573-81 65 1.0116 St 37-3 4360 40 B E 24-U 1312 Fe37-3
6 A515 65 1.0345 H1 1 501 161 A 37 CP 1330
6 5120 1.0841 St 52-3 150 M 19 20 MC 5 2172 Fe 52 F-431
6 9255 1.0904 55 Si 7 250A53 45 55S7 2085 55Si8 56Si7
6 9254 1.0904 55 Si 7 250 A 53 55 S 7 2090 F-431
6 9262 1.0961 60SiCr7 1 501 161 60SC6 60SiCr8 60SiCr8
6 L3 1.2067 100Cr6 BL3 Y100C6 100Cr6
6 L1 1.2108 90 CrSi 5 2092 105WCR 5
6 L2 1.2210 115CrV3 100C3 107CrV3KU
6 1.2241 51CrV4
6 1.2311 40 CrMnMo 7 35 cRmO 8 KU
6 4135 1.2330 35 CrMo 4 708 A 37 34 CD 4 2234 35CrMo4 34CrMo4 SCM435TK SCM435TK
6 1.2419 105WCr6 BO1 105WC13 2140 10WCr6 105WCr5
6 0 1 1.2510 100 MnCrW 4 BS1 8 MO 8 2140 10WCr6 105WCr5 SKS 31 STS 31
6 S1 1.2542 45 WCrV7 2710 45 WCrV8 KU 45WCrSi8
6 S1 1.255 60WCrV7 55WC20 2710 58WCr9KU
6 L6 1.2713 55NiCrMoV6 55NCDV7 F.520.S SKT 4 STF 4
6 L6 1.2721 50NiCr13 55 NCV 6 2550 f-528
6 O2 1.2842 90MnCrV8 BO2 90 MV8
6 E 50100 1.3501 100 Cr 2 55WC20
6 52100 1.3505 100Cr6 2 S 135 31
535 A 99
100 C 6 2258 100Cr6 F.1310 - 100
Cr 6
SUJ2 STB 2 SchCh 15
6 1.5024 46Si7 45 S 7; Y 46
7;46 SI 7
F. 1451 - 46
SI 7
6 9255 1.5025 51Si7 51 S 7
51 Si 7
2090 48 Si 7
50 Si 7
F.1450-50 Si 7
6 9255 1.5026 55Si7 251 a 58 55 S 7 2085 2090 55 Si 7 F.1440 - 56 Si 7 55S2
6 9260 1.5027 60Si7 251 A 60
251 H 60
60 S 7 60 Si 7 F. 1441 - 60
Si 7
60S2
6 9260 H 1.5028 65Si7 60 S 7 50 P 7 SUP 6 SPS 6
6 1.5120 38 MnSi 4
6 A 204 Gr.A
4017
1.5415 16Mo3
15 Mo 3
1503-243 B 15 D 3 2912 16Mo3(KG;KW) F. 2601 - 16 Mo 3
6 4419 1.5419 20Mo4 1503-243-430 -2512 G 20 Mo 5 G 22 Mo5 SCPH 11 SCPH 11
6 A 350-LF 5 1.5622 14Ni6 16N6 14 Ni 6 KG;KT F.2641 - 15 Ni 6
6 3415 1.5732 1 NiICr10 14 NC 11 16NiCr11 15NiCr11 SNC415(H)
6 3310; 3314 1.5752 14NiICr14 655M13 36A 12NC15 SNC815(H)
6 1.6587 17CrNiMo6 820A16 18NCD6 14NiCrMo13
6 1.6657 14NiCrMo134 14NiCrMo131
6 5515 1.7015 15 Cr 3 523 M 15 12 C 3 SCr415(H) SCr415(H)
6 5132 1.7033 34Cr4 530A32 18B 32C4 34Cr4(KB) 35Cr4 SCr430(H) SCr430(H)
6 5140 1.7035 41C r4 530M40 18 42C4 41Cr4 42Cr4 SCr440(H) SCr440(H)
6 5140 1.7045 42Cr41 530 A 40 42 C 4 TS 2245 41Cr4 42Cr4 SCr440 SCr440
6 5115 1.7131 16MnCr5 527 M 17 16 MC 5 2511 16MnCr5 16MnCr5
6 1.7139 16MnCr5 2127
6 5515 1.7176 55Cr3 527 A 60 48 55 C 3 2253 SUP9(A) SPS 9(A)
6 4135; 4137 1.7220 34CrMo4 708 Aa 37 35 CD 4 2234
6 4142 1.7223 41CrMo4 41CrMo4 42CrMo4 SNB 22-1 SNB 22-1
6 4140 1.7225 42CrMo4 708 M 0 42 CD 4 2244
6 1.7228 55NiCrMoV6G 823M30 33 2512 653M31
6 1.7262 15CrMo5 12 CD 4 2216 12CrMo4
6 1.7321 20 mOcR 4 2625
6 ASTM A182 F-12 1.7335 13CrMo4 4 1501-620Gr27 14CrMo4 5 14CrMo45
6 A 182-F11;12 1.7335 13 CrMo 4 4 1 501 620 Gr. 27 15 CD 4.5 2216 12CrMo4 SCM415(H) SCM415(H)
6 ASTM A 182 F.22 1.7380 10CrMo9 10 1501-622gR31; 45
6 A182 F-22 1.7380 10 CrMo 9 10 1501-622 12 CD 9.10 2218 12CrMo9,10 TU.H
6 1.7715 14MoV6 3 1503-660-440 13MoCrV6
6 A355A 1.8509 41CrAlMo 7 905 M 39 41B 40 CAD 6.12 2940 41CrAlMo7 41CrAlMo7
7 A570.36 1.0038 S235JRG2 (Fe 360 B)
RSt 37-2
Fe 360 B FU
1449 27/23 CR
4360-40 B
E 24-2NE 1312 Fe 360 B FN AE 235 B FN;FU
Fe 360 B FN; FU
St3ps; sp
7 3135 1.5710 36NiCr6 640A35 35NC6
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
30
TI
Material Conversion Table

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
7 1.5755 31 NiCr 14 653 M 31 18 NC 13
7 8620 1.6523 2 NiCrMo2 805M20 362 20 NCD 2 2506 20NiCrMo2 20NiCrMo2 SNCM220(H) SNCM220(H)
7 8740 1.6546 40 NiCrMo 22 311-Tyre 7 40NiCrMo2(KB) 40NiCrMo2 SNCM240 SNCM240
7 4130 1.7218 25CrMo4 CDS 110 25 CD 4 2225 25CrMo4(KB) 55Cr3 SCM420/430 SCM420/430
7 1.7733 24 CrMoV 5 5 20 CDV 6 21 CrMoV 5 11
7 1.7755 GS-45 CrMOV 10 4
7 1.8070 21 CrMoV 5 11 35 NiCr 9
8 4142 1.2332 47 CrMo 4 708 M 40 19A 42 CD 4 2244 42CrMo4 42CrMo4 SCM (440) SCM (440)
8 A128 (A) 1.3401 G-X120 Mn 12 Z 120 M 12 2183 GX120Mn12 F. 8251-AM-X120Mn12 SCMnH 1, SCMn H 11 SCMnH 1, SCMn H 11 110G13L
8 3435 1.5736 36 NiCr 10 30 NC 11
8 9840 1.6511 36CrNiMo4 816M40 110 40NCD3 36nIcRmO4(KB) 35NiCrMo4 SUP 10 SPS 10
8 4340 1.6582 35CrNiM 6 817 M 40 24 35 NCD 6 2541 35NiCrMo6(KB) SNCM 447 SNCM 447
8 1.7361 32 CeMo12 722 M 24 40B 30 CD 12 2240 30CrMo12 F.124.A
8 6150 1.8159 50 CrV 4 735 A 50 47 50CrV4 2230 50CrV4 51CrV4
8 1.8161 58 CrV 4
8 1.8515 32 CrMo 12 722 M 24 40B 30 CD 12 2240 32CrMo12 F.124.A
8 1.8523 39CrMoV13 9 897M39 40C 36CrMoV12
9 1.4882 X 50 CrMnNiNbN 21 9 Z 50 CMNNb
21.09
9 3135 1.5710 36NiCr6 640A35 111A 35NC6 SNC236 SNC236
9 1.5864 35 niCr 18
9 31 NiCrMo 13 4 830 m 31 2534 f-1270
10 A573-81 1.0144 ST 44-3 4360 43 C E 28-3 1412 SM 400A;B;C SM 400A;B;C
10 A 619 1.0347 DCO3
RSt;RRSt 13
1449 3 CR
1449 2 CR
E Fep 02 AP 02 08JU
10 M 1015
M 1016
M 1017
1.0401 C15 080 M 15
080 M 15
1449 17 CS
AF 37 C12
XC 18
1350 C15
C16
1 C 15
F.111 S 15 C SM 15 C
10 1.0570 ST 52-3 4360 50 B E 36-3 2132 Fe52BFN/Fe52CFN SM490A;B;C;YA;YB SM490A;B;C;YA;YB
10 12L13 1.0718 9SMnPb28 S250Pb 1914 CF9SMnPb28 11SMnPb28
10 (12L13) 1.0718 9 SMnPb 28 S 250 Pb 1914 CF 9 SMnPb 28 11 SMnPb 28 SUM 22L SUM 22L
10 1.0723 15 S 22
15 S 20
210 A 15
210 M 15
1922 F.210.F SUM 32 SUM 32
10 1.2083 2314
10 H 11 1.2343 x 38 CrMoV 5 1 BH 11 Z 38 CDV 5 X 37 CrMoV 5 1 KU
10 H 13 1.2344 X 40 CrMoV 5 1 BH 13 Z 40 CDV 5 2242 X40CrMoV511KU F-5318 SKD61 STD61
10 A 2 1.2363 X100 CrMoV 5 1 BA 2 Z 100 CDV 5 2260 X100CrMoV51KU F-5227 SKD12 STD12
10 D 2 1.2379 X 155 CrVMo 12 1 BD2 Z 160 CDV 12 2310 X165CrMoW12KU X160CrMoW12KU
10 HNV3 1.2379 X210Cr12G BD2 Z160CDV12 2736
10 D 4 (D 6) 1.2436 X 210 CrW 12 BD6 Z 200 CD 12 2312 X215CrW 12 1 KU F-5213
10 H 21 1.2581 X 30 WCrV 9 3 BH 21 Z 30 WCV 9 X30WCrV 9 3 KU F-526 SKD5 STD5
10 1.2601 X 165 CrMoV 12 2310
10 H 12 1.2606 X 37 CrMoW 5 1 BH 12 Z 35 CWDV 5 X 35 CrMoW 05 KU F.537
10 D3 1.3343 S 6-5-2 BM2 Z200C12 2715 X210Cr13KU X210Cr12 SUH3 STR3
10 N08028 1.4563 Z1NCDU31-27-03 2584
10 ASTM A353 1.5662 X8Ni9 1501-509;510 14 Ni 6 KG;KT XBNiO9
10 ASM A353 1.5662 X8Ni9 502-650 9 Ni X10Ni9 F-2645 SL9N60(53) SL9N590(520)
10 2517 1.5680 12Ni19 12Ni19 Z18N5
10 2515 1.5680 12 Ni 19 Z 18 N 5
11 1.3202 S 12-1-4-5 BT 15 HS 12-1-5-5 12-1-5-5
11 1.3207 S 10-4-3-10 BT 42 Z130WKCDV
11 T15 1.3243 S 6-5-2-5 KCV
06-05-05-04-02
2723 HS 6-5-2-5 6-5-2-5 SKH55 SKH55
11 1.3246 S 7-4-2-5 Z110 WKCDV
07-05-04
7-4-2-5 HS 7-4-2-5 M 35
11 1.3247 S 2-10-1-8 BM 42 Z110 DKCWV
09-08-04
2-10-1-8 HS 2-9-1-8
2-9-2-8
M 41
11 M 42 1.3249 S 2-9-2-8 BM 34
11 T 4 1.3255 S 18-1-2-5 BT 4 Z 80 WKCV
18-05-04-0
11 M 2 1.3343 S6-5-2 BM2 Z 85 WDCV 2722 HS 652 F-5604 SKH 51 SKH 51
11 M 7 1.3348 S2-9-2 Z 100 DCWV
09-04-02-
2782 HS 292 F-5607

T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
31
TI

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
11 T 1 1.3355 S 18-0-1 BT 1 Z 80 WCV 18-4-01
11 630 1.4548 Z7CNU17-04
11 HNV 3 1.4718 X45CrSi 9 3 401S45 52 Z45CS9 X45CrSi8 F322 SUH1 STR1
11 422 1.4935 x20 CrMoWV 12 1
12 403 1.4000 X6Cr13 403 S 17 Z 6 C 13 2301 X6Cr13 F.3110 SUS403 STS 403
12 1.4001 X6Cr14 F8401
12 (410S) 1.4001 X7 Cr 13 (403 S 7) Z 8 C 13 2301
12 405 1.4002 X6CrA12 405S17 Z8CA12 X6CrAI13
12 405 1.4002 X6 CrAl 13 405 S 17 Z6CA13 2302 X6CrAI13
12 416 1.4005 X12CrS 13 416 S 21 Z11 CF 13 2380 X12 CrSC13 F-3411 SUS 416 SUS 416
12 410; CA-15 1.4006 (G-)X10 Cr 13 410S21 56A Z10 C 13 2302 X12Cr13 F.3401 SUS 410 SUS 410
12 430 1.4016 X8Cr17 Z8C17 430S15 2320 X8Cr17 F.3113
12 430 1.4016 X6 Cr 17 430 S 15 60 Z 8 C 17 2320 X8Cr17 F.3113 SUS 430 SUS 430
12 1.4027 G-X20Cr14 420 C 29 Z20 C 13M
12 1.4027 G-X 20 Cr 14 420 C 29 Z 20 C 13M
12 420 1.4028 X30 Cr 13 420 S 45 Z 30 C 13 2304
12 1.4086 G-X120Cr29 452C11
12 430 F 1.4104 X12CrMoS17 420 S 37 Z 10 CF 17 2383 X10CrS17 F.3117 SUS430F STS 430F
12 440B 1.4112 X90 CrMoV 18
12 434 1.4113 X6CrMo 17 434 S 17 Z 8 CD 17.01 2325 X8CrMo17 SUS434 STS 434
12 1.4340 G-X40CrNi27 4
12 S31500 1.4417 X2CrNiM0Si19 5 2376
12 S31500 1.4417 X2 CrNoMoSi 18 5 3 2376
12 1.4418 X4 CrNiMo16 5 Z6CND16-04-01 2387
12 XM 8
430 Ti
439
1.4510 Z 4 CT 17 X 6 CrTi 17 F.3115-X 5 CrTi 17 SUS 430 LK STS 430 LX 08 Ch17T
12 430tI 1.4510 X6 CrTi 17 Z 4 CT 17
12 1.4511 X 6 CrNb 17(X 6 CrNb 17 Z 4 CNb 17 X 6 CrNb 17 F.3122-X 5 CrNb 17 SUS 430 LK STS 430 LX
12 409 1.4512 X 6 CrTi 12
(X2CrTi12)
LW 19
409 S 19
Z 3 CT 12 X 6 CrTi 17 SUH 409 STR 409
12 1.4720 X20CrMo13
12 405 1.4724 X10CrA113 403S17 Z10C13 X10CrA112 F.311
12 430 1.4742 X10CrA118 439S15 60 Z10CAS18 X8Cr17 F.3113 SUS430 STS430
12 HNV6 1.4747 X80CrNiSi20 443S65 59 Z80CSN20.02 X80CrSiNi20 F.320B SUH4 STR4
12 446 1.4749 x18 cRn 28
12 446 1.4762 X10CrA124 Z10CAS24 2322 X16Cr26 SUH446 STR446
12 EV 8 1.4871 X 53 CrMnNiN 21 9 349 S 54 Z 52 CMN 21.09 X53CrMnNiN21 9 SUH35,SUH36 STR35,STR36
12 302 x12 CrNi 18 9 302 S 31 Z 10 CN 18-09 2330
12 429 X10 CrNi 15
13 420 1.4021 X20Cr13 420S37 Z 20 C 13 2303 14210
13 420 1.4031 X40 Cr 13 Z 40 C 14 -2304
13 1.4034 X46Cr13 420 S 45 Z40 C 14 X40Cr14 F.3405 SUS420J2 STS420J2
13 431 1.4057 X20CrNi172 431 S 29 57 Z 15 CN 16.02 2321 X16CrNi16 F.3427 SUS431 STS431
13 1.4125 X 105 CrMo 17 Z 100 CD 17 X 105 CrMo 17
13 CA6-NM 1.4313 G-X4 CrNi 13 4 425 C 11 Z 4 CND 13-04 M 2385 (G)X6CrNi304 SCS5 SSC5
13 630 1.4542 X 5 CrNiCuNb 17 4
(X5CrNiCuNb 16-4)
13 1.4544 S. 524
S. 526
X 6 CrNiTi 18 11 08Ch 18N12T
13 348 1.4546 X5CrNiNb 18-10 347 S 31
2 S. 130
2 S. 143/144/145
S.525/527
X 6 CrNiNb 18 11
13 1.4922 x20cRmV12-1 2317 x20cRmOnI 12 01
13 1.4923 X22 CrMoV12 1
14 304 1.4301 X 5 CrNi 18 9 304 S 15 Z 5 CN 18.09 2332;2333
14 303 1.4305 X10 CrNiS 18 9 303 S 21 58M Z 8 CNF 18-09 2346 X10CrNiS18.09 F.3508 SUS303 STS303
14 304L 1.4306 X2CrNi18 9 304S12 Z2CrNi18 10 2352 x2cRnI18 11 F.3503 SCS19 SSC19
14 304L 1.4306 X2 CrNi 18 10 304 S 11 Z 3 CN 19-11 2352 X2CrNi18 11
14 CF-8 1.4308 X6 CrNi 18 9 304 C 15 58E Z 6 CN 18-10 M 2333 SUS304L STS304L
14 301 1.4310 X12CrN i17 7 301 S 21 Z 12 CN 17.07 2331 X2CrNi18 07 F.3517

T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
32
TI
Material Conversion Table

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
14 304 LN 1.4311 X2 CrNiN 18 10 304 S 62 Z 2 CN18.10 2371 X2CrNiN18 10 SUS304LN STS304LN
14 1.4312 G-X10CrNi18 8 302C25 Z10CN18.9M
14 305 1.4312 X8 CrNi 18 12 305 s 19
14 1.4332 X2 CrNi 18-8
14 304 1.4350 X5CrNi18 9 304S15 58E Z6CN18.09 2332 X5CrNi18 10 F.3551 SUS304 STS304
14 S32304 1.4362 X2 CrNiN 23 4 Z 2 CN 23-04 AZ
14 202 1.4371 X3 CrMnNiN 188 8 7 284 S 16 Z 8 CMN
18- 08-05
14 316 1.4401 X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 2
(X4 CrNiMo 17 -12-2)
316 S 13
316 S 17
316 S 19
316 S 31
316 S 33
Z 3 CND 17 -11-01
Z 6 CND 17-11
Z 6 CND 17-11-02
Z 7 CND 17-11-02
Z 7 CND 17-12-02
2347 X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 F.3534-X 5 CrNiMo
17 12 2 SUS 316 STS 316
14 316L 1.4404 X2 CrNiMo 17 13 2
(X2 CrNiMo 17-12-2)
GX 2 CrNiMoN 18-10
316 S 11, 316 S 13
316 S 14, 316 S 31;
316 S 42, S.537;316
C 12, T.75, S. 161
Z 2 CND 17-12
Z 2 CND 18-13
Z 3 CND 17-11-02
Z 3 CND
17-12-02 FF
Z 3 CND 18-12-03
Z 3 CND 19.10 M
2348 X 2 CrNiMo 17 12
G-X 2 CrNiMo
19 11
F.3533 - X 2
CrNiMo
17 13 2
F.3537 - X 2
CrNiMo
17 13 3
SUS 316 L STS 316 L
14 316LN 1.4406 X2 CrNiMoN 17 12 2
(X2CrNiMoN 18-10)
316 S 61
316 S 63
Z2 CND 17-12 AZ X 2 CrNiMoN 17 12 F.3542-X 2 CrNiMoN
17 12 2 SUS316LN STS316LN
14 CF-8M 1.4408 GX 5 CrNiMoN 7 12 2
G-X 6 CrNiMo 18 10
316 C 16 (LT 196)
ANC 4 B
2343 F.8414-AM-X 7
CrNiMo 20 10 SCS 14 SSC 14
07 Ch
18N10G2S2MSL
14 1.4410 G-X10CrNiMo18 9 Z5CNaD20.12M 2328
14 316 Ln 1.4429 X2 CrNiMo 17 -13-3 316 S 62 Z 2 CND 17-13 Az 2375 X 2 CrNiMoN 17 13 F.3543-X 2 CrNiMoN 17 13 3 SUS 316 LN STS 316 LN
14 316L 1.4435 X2 CrNiMo18 14 3 316 S 11;316 S 13
316 S 14;316 S 31
LW 22
LWCF 22
Z 3 CND 17-12-03
Z 3 CND 18-14-03
2375 X 2 CrNiMoN 17 13 F.3533-X 2 CrNiMo
17 13 2 SUS 316 L STS 316 L O3 Ch
17N14M3
14 316 1.4436 X 5 CrNiMo 17 13 3
(X4CRNIMO 17-13-3
316 S 19; 316 S 31
316 S 33
LW 23
LWCF 23
Z 6 CND 18-12-03
Z 7 CND 18-12-03
2343 X 5 CrNiMo 117 13
X 8 cRnImO 17 13
F.3543-X 5 CrNiMo
17 12 2
F.3538-X 5 CrNiMo
17 13
SUS 316 STS 316
14 317L 1.4438 X2 CrNiMo 18 16 4
(X2CrNiMo 18-15-4)
317 S 12 Z 2 CND 19-15-04
z 3 cnd 19-15-04
2367 X2CrNiMo18 16 f.3539-x 2 cRnImO
18 16 4
SUS317L STS317L
14 (s31726) 1.4439 X2 CrNiMoN 17 13 5 Z 3 CND
18-14-06 AZ
14 1.4440 X 2 CrNiMo 18 13
14 317 1.4449 X5 CrNiMo 17 13 3 317 S 16 X 5 CrNiMo 18 15 SUS 317 STS 317
14 329 1.4449
1.4460
X 4 CrNiMo 27 5 2
(X3CrNiMo27-5-2)
(Z 3 CND 25-07 Az)
Z 5 CND 27-05 Az
2324 F.3309-X 8 CrNiMo 17 12 2
F.3552-X 8 CrNiMo 18 16 4 SUS 329 J 1 STS 329 J 1
14 329 1.4460 X8CrNiMo27 5
14 1.4462 X2CrNiMoN22 5 3 318 S 13 Z 3 CND 22-05 Az
(Z 2 CND 24 -08 Az )
(Z 3 CND 25-06-03 Az)
2377 SUS 329 J3L STS 329 J3L
14 1.4500 G-X7NiCrMoCuNb25 20 23NCDU25.20M Z8CNA17-07 X2CrNiMo1712
14 17-7PH 1.4504 316S111
14 443
444
1.4521 X2CrMoTi18-2 317 S 16 2326 F.3123-X 2
CrMoTiNb 18 2
SUS 444 STS 444
14 UNS N 08904 1.4539 X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-5 Z 2 NCDU 25-20 2562
14 CN-7M 1.4539 (G-)X1 NiCrMoCu 25 20 5 Z1 NCDU 25-02 M2564
14 321 1.4541 Z 6 CrNiTi 18-10 321 S 31
321 S 51 (1010;1105)
LW 24
LWCF 24
Z 6 CNT 18-10

2337 X 6 CrNiTi 18 11 F.3523 - X 6 CrNiTi
18 10
SUS 321 STS 321 06Ch18N10T
08Ch18N10T
09Ch18N10T
12Ch18N10T
14 630 1.4542 X5 CrNiCuNb 17 4
(X5 CrNiChNb 16-4)
Z 7 CNU 15-05
Z 7 CNU 17-04
SCS 24
SUS 630
SSC 24
STS 630
14 17-4PH 1.4542 Z7CNU17-04
14 S31254 1.4547 X1 CrNiMoN 20 18 7 2378
14 17-4PH 1.4548 Z7CNU17-04
14 347 1.4550 X6 CrNiNb 18 10 347 S 17 58F Z 6 CNNb 18.10 2338 X6CrNiNb18 11 F.3552 SUS347 STS347
14 1.4552 G-X7CrNiNb18 9 Z4CNNb19.10M
14 17-7PH 1.4568 316S111 Z8CNA17-07 X2CrNiMo1712
14 316tTi 1.4571 X6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 320 S 31 Z 6 CNDT 17-12002 2350
14 1.4581 G-X 5 CrNiMoNb 318 C 17 Z 4 CNDNb 18.12 M
14 318 1.4583 X 10CrNiMoNb 18 12 303 S 21 Z15CNS20.12 x15cRnIsI2 12

T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
33
TI

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
14 1.4585 G-X7CrNiMoCuNb18 18 X6CrNiMoTi17 12
14 1.4821 X20CrNiSi25 4 Z20CNS25.04
14 1.4823 G-X40CrNiSi27 4
14 309 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20 12 309 S 24 58C Z15CNS20.12 F.8414 SCS17 SSC17
14 309S 1.4833 X6 CrNi 22 13 309 S 13 Z 15 CN 24-13
14 310 S 1.4845 X12 CrNi 25 21 310S24 Z 12 CN 25-20 2361 X6CrNi25 20 F.331 SUH310 STR310
14 321 1.4878 X6 CrNiTi 18 9 32 1 S 20 58B Z 6 CNT 18-12 (B) 2337 X6CrNiTi18 11 F.3553 SUS321 STS321
14 Ss30415 1.4891 X5 CrNiNb 18 10 Z20CNS25.04 2372
14 S30815 1.4893 X8 CrNiNb 11 2368
14 304H 1.4948 X6 CrNi 18 11 304 S 51 Z 5 CN 18-09 2333
14 660 1.498 X5 NiCrTi 25 15 Zz 8 nctv 25-15 b ff 2570
14 X5 NiCrN 35 25
14 S31753 X2 CrNiMoN 18 13 4
14 X2 CrNiMoN 25 22 7
15 CLASS20 0.6010 GG10 Ft10D 110 G 10
15 A48-20B 0.6010 GG-10 Ft 10 D 0110-00
15 NO 25 B 0.6015 GG 15 Grade 150 Ft 15 D 0115-00 G 15 FG 15 FC150 GC150
15 CLASS25 0.6015 GG 15 Grade 150 Ft 15D 115 G 15 FG 15
15 A48 25 B 0.6015 GG 15 Grade 150 Ft 15 D 01 15-00 G 14 FG 15
15 A48-30B 0.6020 GG-20 Grade 220 Ft 20 D 0120-00
15 NO 30 B 0.6020 GG 20 Grade 220 Ft 20 D 120 G 20 FC200 GC200
15 A436 Type 2 0.6660 GGL-NiCr202 L-NiCuCr202 L-NC 202 0523-00
15 60-40-18 0.7040 GGG 40 SNG 420/12 FCS 400-12 0717-02 GS 370-17 FGE 38-17 FCD400 GCD400-18,15
15 No 20 B GG 10 Ft 10 D 110 FC100 GC100
16 CLASS30 0.6020 GG 20 Grade 220 Ft 20D 120 G 20 FG 20
16 CLASS45 0.6030 GG 30 Grade 300 Ft 30D 130 G 30 FG 30 FC300 GC300
16 A48-45 B 0.6030 Grade 350 Ft 30D 01 30-00
16 A48-50 0.6035 GG-35 Grade 350 Ft 35 D 135 G 35 FG 35 FC350 GC350
16 A48-60 B 0.6040 GG40 Grade 400 Ft 40 D 140
16 100/70/03 0.7070 GGG-70 SNG700/2 FGS 700-2 07 37-01 GGG 70 GGG 70 FCD700 GCD700-2
16 1.4829 X 12 CrNi 22 12
17 0.7033 GGG35.3 0717-15
17 0.7033 GGG-35.3 350/22 L 40 FGS 370/17 0717-15
17 60-40-18 0.7040 GGG-40 SNG 420/12 FGS 400-12 0717-02
17 60/40/18 0.7043 GGG-40.3 370/7 FGS 370/17 0717-15
17 80-55-06 0.7050 GGG50 SNG500/7 FGS 500/7 0727-02 GGG 50
17 65-45-12 0.7050 GGG-50 SNG 500/7 FGS 500-7 0727-02 FCD 500 GCD 500-7
17 0.7652 GGG-NiMn 13 7 S-NiMn 137 S-Mn 137
17 A43D2 0.7660 GGG-NiCr 20 2 Grade S6 S-NC 202 0772-00
17 GGG 40.3 SNG 370/17 FGS 370-17 0776-00
18 A48-40 B 0.6025 GG25 Grade260 Ft 25 D 0717-12
18 0.7060 GGG60 SNG600/3 FGS600-3 125 G 25 FG 25 FC250 GC250
18 80/55/06 0.7060 GGG-60 600/3 FGS 600/3 07 32-03 GGG 60 GGG 60
18 A48 40 B 0727-03 FCD600 GCD600-3
19 0.8055 GTW55
19 32510 0.8135 GTS-35-10 B 340/12 MN35-10 GTW 55
19 A47-32510 0.8135 GTS-35-10 B 340/2 Mn 35-10 810 GTS 35
19 A220-40010 0.8145 GTS-45-06 P 440/7 Mn 450-6 0815-00
19 GTS-35 B 340/12 0852-00 GMN 45 FCMW370
19 8 290/6 MN 32-8
19 32510 GTS-35 B340/12 MN 35-10 0810-00
20 0.8035 GTM-35 W340/3 MB35-7 814 AC4A AC4A
20 0.8040 GTW-40 W410/4 MB40-10 08 15 FCMW330 FCMW330
20 0.8045 852 GTM 35
20 0.8065 GTMW-65 GTB40 GTM 40
20 A220-50005 0.8155 GTS-55-04 P 510/4 Mn 550-4 GMB45 GTM 45
20 50005 0.8155 GTS-55-04 P 510/4 MP 50-5 GTM 65
20 70003 0.8165 GTS-65-02 P 570/3 Mn 650-3 0854-00
20 90001 0.8170 GTS-70-02 P 690/2 Mn 700-2 0854-00 GMN 55 FCMP490 PMC 490
20 A220-90001 0.8170 GTS-70-02 Mn 700-2 0856-00 GMN 65 FCMP590 PMC 590

T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
34
TI
Material Conversion Table

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
20 0.8170 GTS-70-02 IP 70-2 0862-00 GMN 70 FCMP690 PMC 690
20 1022
1518 1.1133 20Mn5 120 M 19 20 M 5
0864-00
20 1035 1.1183 Cf 35 (C35G) 080 A 35 XC 38 H 1 TS 2132 G 22 Mn 3
20 400 10 GTS-45 P440/7 20 Mn 7 F.1515-20 Mn 6 SMnC 420 SMnC 420
20 70003 GTS-65 P 570/3 MP 60-3 1572 C 36; C 38 S 35 C SM 35 C 35
21 Al99 3.0205 08 52
21 1000 3.0255 AI99.5 L31/34/36 A59050C 858 FCMP540 PMC 540
21 3.3315 AIMg1
22 3.1325 AlCuMg 1
22 3.1655 AICuSiPb
22 3.2315 AlMgSi1
21 7050 3.4345 AIZnMgCuO,5 L 86 AZ 4 GU/9051
23 3.2381 G-AISi 10 Mg
23 3.2382 GD-AISi10Mg 811-04
23 3.2581 G-AISi12
23 3.3561 G-AIMg 5
23 ZE 41 3.5101 G-MgZn4sE1Zr1 MAG 5
23 EZ 33 3.5103 MgSE3Zn27r1 MAG 6 G-TR3Z2
23 AZ 81 3.5812 G-MgAI8Zn1 NMAG 1
23 AZ 91 3.5912 G-MgAI9Zn1 MAG 7
24 2.1871 G-AICu 4 TiMg
24 3.1754 G-AICu5Ni1,5
24 3.2163 G-AISi9Cu3
24 4218 B 3.2371 G-AISi 7 Mg
24 SC64D 3.2373 G-AISI9MGWA A-S7G 4231 C4BS C4BS
24 3.2373 G-AISi 9 Mg
24 QE 22 3.5106 G-MgAg3SE2Zr1 mag 12
24 GD-AISI12 G-ALMG5 LM5 A-SU12 4252
23-24 A360.2 3.2383 G-AISi0Mg(Cu) LM9 4253
23-24 A356-72 2789;1973 NF A32-201
23-24 356.1 LM25 4244 A5052 A5052P
23-24 A413.2 G-AlSi12 LM6 4261
23-24 A413.1 G-AlSi 12 (Cu) LM20 4260 ADC12 ALDC12
23-24 A413.0 GD-AlSi12 4247 A6061 A6061P
23-24 A380.1 GD-AlSi8Cu3 LM24 4250 A7075 A7075P
26 C93200 2.1090 G-CuSn 7 5 pb U-E 7 Z 5 pb 4
26 C83600 2.1096 G-CuSn5ZnPb LG 2
26 C83600 2.1098 G-CuSn 2 Znpb
26 C23000 2.1182 G-CuPb15Sn LB1 U-pb 15 E 8
26 C93800 2.1182 G-CuPb15Sn Uu-PB 15e 8
27 2.0240 CuZn 15
27 C27200 2.0321 CuZn 37 cz 108 CuZn 36, CuZn 37 C 2700
27 C27700 2.0321 CuZn 37 cz 108 CuZn 36, CuZn 37 C 2720
27 2.0590 G-CuZn40Fe
27 C 86500 2.0592 G-CuZn 35 AI 1 U-Z 36 N 3 HTB 1
27 C 86200 2.0596 G-CuZn 34 AI 2 HTB 1 U-Z 36 N 3
27 C 18200 2.1293 CuCrZr CC 102 U-Cr 0.8 Zr
28 2.0060 E-Cu57
28 2.0375 CuZn36Pb3
28 C 94100 2.0596 G-CuZn 34 AI 2 HTB 1 U-Z 36 N 3
28 C 63000 2.0966 CuAI 10 Ni 5 Fe 4 Ca 104 U-A 10 N
28 B-148-52 2.0975 G-CuAI 10 Ni
28 C 90700 2.105 G-CuSn 10 CT1
28 C 90800 2.1052 G-CuSn 12 pb 2 UE 12 P
28 C 81500 2.1292 G-CuCrF 35 CC1-FF
28 2.4764 CoCr20W15Ni
31 N 08800 1.4558 X 2 NiCrAITi 32 20 NA 15
31 N 08031 1.4562 X 1 NiCrMoCu 32 28 7

T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

G
u
i
d
e
35
TI

According to VDI 3323 standard


Material
group AISI/SAE Material No. DIN BS EN AFNOR SS UNI UNE JIS KS GOST
31 N 08028 1.4563 X 1 NiCrMoCuN 32 27 4 2584
31 N 08330 1.4564 X 12 NiCrSi 36 16 NA 17 Z 12 NCS 35.16
31 330 1.4564 X12 NiCrSi 36 16 NA 17 Z 12 NCS 37.18 SUH330 STR 330
31 1.4865 G-X40NiCrSi38 18 330 C 40 XG50NiCr39 19 SCH15 HRSC 15
31 1.4958 X 5 NiCrAITi 31 20
31 AMS 5544 LW2.4668 NiCr19NbMo NC20K14
32 1.4977 X 40 CoCrNi 20 20 Z 42 CNKDWNb
33 Monel 400 2.4360 NiCu30Fe NA 13 NU 30
33 5390A 2.4603 NC22FeD
33 Hastelloy C-4 2.4610 NiMo16cR16Ti
33 Nimonic 75 2.4630 NiCr20Ti HR 5,203-4 NC 20 T
33 2.4630 NiCr20Ti HR5,203-4 NC20T
33 lnconel 6902.4642 NiC29Fe Nnc 30 Fe
33 lnconel 6252.4856 NiCr22Mo9Nb NA 21 NC 22 FeDNb
33 5666 2.4856 NiCr22Mo9Nb Inconel 625
33 lncoloy 825 2.4858 NiCr21Mo NA 16 NC 21 Fe DU
34 Monel k-500 2.4375 NiCu30 Al NA 18 NU 30 AT
34 4676 2.4375 NiCu30Al 3072-76
34 2.4631 NiCr20TiAI Hr40;601 NC20TA
34 lnconel 7182.4668 NiCr19FeNbMo NC 19 Fe Nb
34 lnconel 2.4694 NiCr16fE7TiAl
34 2.4955 NiFe25Cr20NbTi
34 5383 LM2.4668 NiCr19Fe19NbMo HR8 NC19eNB
34 5391 LW2 4670 S-NiCr13A16MoNb 3146-3 NC12AD
34 5660 LW2.4662 NiFe35Cr14MoTi ZSNCDT42
34 5537C LW2.4964 CoCr20W15Ni KC20WN
34 AMS 5772 C0Cr22W14Ni KC22WN
35 lnconel X-750 2.4669 NiCr15Fe7TiAl NC 15 TNb A
35 Hastelloy B 2.4685 G-NiMo28
35 Hastelloy C2.4810 G-NiMo30
35 AMS 5399 2.4973 NiCr19Co11MoTi NC19KDT
35 3.7115 TiAl5Sn2
36 R 50250 3.7025 Ti 1 2 TA 1
36 R 52250 3.7225 Ti 1 pd TP 1
36 AMS 5397 LW2 4674 NiCo15Cr10MoAITi
37 3.7124 TiCu2 2 TA 21-24
37 R 54620 3.7145 TiAl6Sn2Zr4Mo2Si
37 3.7165 TiAl6V4 TA 10-13;TA 28 T-A 6 V
37 3.7185 TiAl4Mo4Sn2 TA 45-51; TA 57
37 3.7195 TiAl 3 V 2.5
37 TiAl4Mo4Sn4Si0.5
37 AMS R54520 TiAl5Sn2.5 TA14/17 T-A5E
37 AMS R56400 TiAl6V4 TA10-13/TA28 T-A6V
37 AMS R56401 TiAl6V4ELI TA11
38 W 1 1.1545 C105W1 BW 1A Y1105 1880 C100KU F-5118 SK3 STC 105(STC3)
38 W210 1.1545 C105W1 BW2 Y120 2900 C120KU CF.515 SUP4 SPS 4
38 1.2762 75 CrMoNiW 6 7
38 440C 1.4125 X105 CrMo 17 Z 100 CD 17
38 1.6746 32 nIcRmO 14 5 832 M 31 35 NCD 14
40 Ni- Hard 2 0.9620 G-X 260 NiCr 4 2 Grade 2 A 0512-00
40 Ni- Hard 1 0.9625 G-X 330 Ni Cr 4 2 Grade 2 B
40 Ni- Hard 4 0.9630 G-X 300 CrNiSi 9 5 2 0513-00
40 0.9640 G-X 300 CrMoNi 15 2 1
40 A 532 lll A 25% Cr 0.9650 G-X 260 Cr 27 Grade 3 D
40 A 532 lll A 25% Cr 0.9655 G-X 300 CrNMo 27 1 Grade 3 E
40 1.2419 105 WCr 6 105WC 13 0466-00
40 310 1.4841 X15 CrNiSi 25 20 314 S31 Z 15 CNS 25-20
41 0.9635 G-X 300 CrMo 15 3
41 0.9645 G-X 260 CrMoNi 20 2 1 107 WCr 5 KU
41 0.9655 G-X 300 CrNMo 27 1

You might also like